WQ0041234_Application_20200110

Initial Review
INITIAL REVIEW
Reviewer Thornburg, Nathaniel
Is this submital an
application?*
r Yes r No
Is this a complete
application?* Complete App Date
r Yes r No 10/07/2019
Project Number* WQ0041234
Applicant/Permittee Christofer De Haro Torres
Applicant/Permittee 110 Pleasant Drive, Durham, NC 27703
Address
Is the owner in BIMS?
r Yes r No
Owner Type
Facility Name
County
Individual
5007 Redwood Rd. SFR
Durham
Fee Category
Single -Family Residence
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if
non -application)
Email Notifications
Does this need O Yes
review by the r No
hydrogeologist? *
Regional Office
Is the facility in BIMS?
r Yes r No
Fee Amount
60

CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notification
Comments for Kendall
Comments for RO
Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submitted Form
Project Contact Information
Rease provide information on the person to be contacted by MB Staff regarding electronic subnittal, confirmation of receipt, and other issues.
.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name * Scott Jones
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
Submittal Type* r New Permit Application
r Renewal
c Annual Report
Permit Type * r Wastewater Irrigation
r Other Wastewater
r Closed -Loop Recycle
r Single -Family Residence
Wastewater Irrigation
Is a paper copy of the application being submitted?*
r Yes r Nor N/A
Permit Number WQ0041234
currently has project
Applicant\Permittee * Christofer De Haro Torres
Phone Number*
9198590669
Applicant/Permittee 110 Pleasant Drive, Durham, NC 27703
Address*
Facility Name * Torres Property WWTS
r Modification (Major or Minor)
r Additional Information
r Other
r High -Rate Infiltration
r Reclaimed Water
r Residuals
r Other
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
This is the original submission package in electronic form for WQ0041234 located at 5007 Redwood Road, Durham
NC.
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be review here.
Application Form Engineering Rans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
Package - Deharo (elec).pdf 22.52MB
upload only 1 R7F document. NL@iple documents must be combined into one R7F file.

For new and modification permit applications, a paper copy may be required. If you have any questions
about what is required, please contactthe reviewer or Tessa Monday. If a paper --polka*-ion is required,
be advised, applications accepted' far pre -review until both the paper and eIect-c-,i_ co1)ies nave been
received. The paper copy shall include the following:
o Application Form
o All relevant attachments (calcs, soils report, specs, etc.)
o One full-size engineering plan set
o One 11x17" engineering plan set
o One extra set of specifications
o Fee (if required)
MallinE address:
❑iuision of Water Resources1 Division of Water Resources
Non -Discharge Branch I Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center 1 Aft: Nathaniel Thornburg, 91° Floor, Cfice #942W
----------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Raleih, NC 27699-1617 512 N. Salisbury St.
Far questions or problems contact Tessa Monday [e-mail] or 919.707.3560.
* W By checking this box I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted
for pre -review until the paper copy (if required) and fee (if required) have been received by
the Non -Discharge Branch. I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with
all parts of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Signature
Submission Date 1/10/2020

b�z T
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Nathaniel D. Thornburg
p . FOssio
_= •a SEAL ��
045605 —
s ' GINO"
�� 11
Environmental Program Supervisor III
NC Department of Environmental Quality
512 N. Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27699
Subject: Torres Property WWTS
5007 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27704
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Durham County
PIN# 0863-01-28-7603
Dear Mr. Thornburg;
October 1, 2019
Please consider this information for an application for a single-family residence (SFR)
wastewater irrigation system. The property is located at 5007 Redwood Road, Durham,
NC. The AdvanTex treatment system and dripfield are designed for a five -bedroom
single family residence. The following information is included for your review.
Section A: Cover Letter
- Included as this letter.
Section B: Application Fee
- Application Fee Included.
Section C: SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
- Form Included (Appendix C).
Section D: Existing Permit
- N/A New Application.
Section E: Property Ownership Documentation
- Included (Appendix E).
Section F: Soil Evaluation
- Report Included (Appendix F).

Section G: Engineering Plans
- Included (Appendix G).

Section H: System Specifications
- Included (Appendix H).

Section I: Engineering Calculations
- Included (Appendix I).

Section J: Site Map
- Map Included (Appendix J).

Section K: Operation and Maintenance Plan
- Plan Included (Appendix K).

Section L: Operation and Maintenance Agreement
- Agreement Included (Appendix L).

Section M: County Health Department Denial Letter
- County Correspondence Included (Appendix M).

Section N: Floodway Regulation Compliance
- The site is not located in the 100-year floodplain (per map).
- Information Included (Appendix N).

Section O: Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
- According to The Natural Heritage Program review, there are no
threatened or endangered aquatic species located within the project area.
- Information Included (Appendix O).

Section P: Other Environmental Permits
-N/A no stream or wetland crossings.

Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments
on this information, please feel free to contact me at [e-mail] or via
telephone at 919-859-0669.

Regards,

Scott P. Jones, P.E.
Project Engineer

Appendix C

Wastewater Irrigation Systems Application

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION

INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans,
specifications and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100,
15A NCAC 02T .0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required
items may result in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section’s Non-Discharge Permitting Unit website

General – When submitting a non-discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section’s Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one
original and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
If the Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
If the Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
The facility name in Item II.2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
The Professional Engineer’s Certification on Page 6 of the Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
The Applicant’s Certification on Page 6 of the Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non-Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4
F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a
statement shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
 Acidity  Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation)  Phosphorus
 Base saturation (by calculation)  Magnesium  Potassium
 Calcium  Manganese  Sodium
 Cation exchange capacity  Percent humic matter  Zinc
 Copper  pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall
be sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most r estrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
A completed copy of the Single-Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4
H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps,
etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
I. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North
Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: “black box” calculations are unacceptable).
Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
Manufacturer’s information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
A properly completed and executed Single-Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
J. Site Map (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility-related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
How to perform routine inspections.
A maintenance schedule.
A troubleshooting guide.
A layman’s explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
A crop maintenance and management plan.
Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by
all deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4
M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department’s Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation facilities.
If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
Division of Water Resources’ Water Quality Permitting Section – Wetlands 401 Certification
US Army Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division – Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.

THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON-DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT

By U.S. Postal Service: By Courier/Special Delivery:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER 512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604

TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone] FAX NUMBER: [phone]
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16

FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6
I. APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Christofer De Haro Torres
2. Applicant type: Individual Corporation General Partnership
3. Signature authority’s name: Christofer De Haro Torres per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title: Owner
4. Applicant’s mailing address: 110 Pleasant Drive
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27703-
5. Applicant’s contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: ( ) - Email Address: [e-mail]
II. FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Torres Property WWTS
2. Facility status: Existing or Proposed
3. Facility’s physical address: 5007 Redwood Road
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27704- County: Durham
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 36○ 03′ 19″ Longitude: -78○ 47′ 17″
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photography with ground control
5. USGS Map Name: Northeast Durham 2019
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer’s name: Scott P. Jones License Number: 045605 Firm: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer’s mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: [e-mail]
2. Soil Scientist’s name: Jeff Vaughan License Number: 1227 Firm: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
Soil Scientist’s mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: [e-mail]
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – 15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: New Major Modification Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60.00
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Residential single family dwelling
with AdvanTex pretreatment and surface drip disposal
4. Wastewater flow: 600 GPD

FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type Flow Basis Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units Flow
5 Bedroom SFR gal/day 120 5 600 GPD
gal/ GPD
Total 600 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification Date
Submitted
Date
Approved Permit/Certification No. Agency Reviewer
Nationwide 12 or 404
Wetlands 401
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 262 feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood Map
Number 3720086300K
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? Yes or No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? Yes or No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS – 15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Parameter Estimated Influent
Concentration
Designed Effluent
Concentration
(monthly average)
Minimum Required
Degree of Treatment
Prior to Storage
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) 350 mg/l <10 mg/l ≤ 30 mg/l
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 200 mg/l <10 mg/l ≤ 30 mg/l
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) 100 mg/l <10 mg/l ≤ 15 mg/l
Fecal Coliforms <100 per 100 ml ≤ 200 colonies/100 ml
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? Yes or No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? Yes or No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? Yes or No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? Yes or No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? Yes or No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC
02T .0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding?
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? Yes or No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum Two-
Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? Yes or No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(j), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VII.4.) exceed
the soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VII.3.)? Yes or No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? Yes or No

FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS – 15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(l), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1, total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between
the pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? Yes or No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms
that are external to any structure? Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Sec. H-6.7) or No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-9 & Specification Page: Sec. H-6.7) or No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent
seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? Yes or No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(q), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched
seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? Yes or No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? Yes or No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? Yes or No
If no, list non-compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the
facility’s irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances gr eater than 500 feet
shall be marked N/A):
Setback Parameter Irrigation
System
Treatment /
Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site 220' 406'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
part of the project site 40'
Any private or public water supply source N.A. N.A.
Surface waters (streams – intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands) 415' 309'
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT) N.A.
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems N.A.
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches) N.A
Any well with exception of monitoring wells 119' 181'
Any property line 50' 62'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height N.A.
Any water line from a disposal system >10'
Any swimming pool N.A.
Public right of way N.A
Nitrification field N.A.
Any building foundation or basement 40'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? Yes or No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.

FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6
VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
Spacings (in)
Volume
(gal)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank 1 Shoaf Precast Septic 10.5' x 5.5' x 5.83' 1500 WW-6 Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treatment Unit No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material Dimensions (ft) Volume
(gal)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Advantex Treatment 1 Orenco Systems, Inc. 8.5' x 5.17' x 6.0' 800 WW-6 Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
Treatment Unit No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material Dimensions (ft) Volume
(gal)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Ultraviolet 1 Orenco Systems, Inc. 3" Diameter 6 gpm WW-6 Sec. H-6.5
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
Material
No. of
Units Dimensions (ft)
Total
Volume
(gal)
Effective
Volume
(gal)
Effective
Storage
(days)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Shoaf Precast Septic 1 12.5'x 6.5'x 8.7' 4000 3032.6 5.05 WW-6 Sec. H-6.1

e. PUMPS:
Capacity Location No. of
Pumps Purpose Manufacturer /
Type GPM TDH
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Treatment Pod 1 Recirculation Orenco Systems, Inc. 22.75 12.9' WW-6 Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank 1 Field Dosing Orenco Systems, Inc. 16.1 108.5' WW-8 Sec. H-6.4

f. BLOWERS:
Location No. of
Blowers Units Served Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A

g. MIXERS:
Location No. of
Mixers Units Served Manufacturer /
Type
Power
(hp)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A

FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6
VII. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? Yes or No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified:
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass/Wooded
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
(ft)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/hr)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/yr)
White Store 1 >1.5' (perched SHWT) 0.20 20.56

4. Irrigation System Information (Note – this table may be expanded for additional fields):

Field Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
Rate
(in/hr)
Designed
Rate
(in/yr)
Latitude 1
(DMS)
Longitude 1
(DMS)
Waterbody
Stream Index
No. 2
Classification
1 0.46 White Store 0.16 17.53 36○ 03′ 19″ -78○ 47′ 17″ 27-(5.5) WS-IV, B;
NSW, CA
○ ′ ″ - ○ ′ ″
○ ′ ″ - ○ ′ ″
○ ′ ″ - ○ ′ ″
○ ′ ″ - ○ ′ ″
○ ′ ″ - ○ ′ ″
Total 0.57
1 Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photography with ground control
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: https://ncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%20Protection/LAU/Agreements/WSCA%2008-13.pdf.
Spray Irrigation Design Elements Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter: N.A ft Emitter wetted area: 6 ft2
Nozzle wetted area: N.A ft2 Distance between laterals: 3 ft
Nozzle capacity: N.A GPM Distance between emitters: 2 ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model: N.A / N.A Emitter capacity: 0.61 GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle: N.A ft Emitter manufacturer/model: American Manufacturing
Comapny , Inc. / Bioline
Specification Reference: N.A Elevation of highest emitter: 344 ft
Specification Reference: WW-7, Sec. H-6.8

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I Scott P. Jones attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item IIL 1.)
Torres Property WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
lids been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications,
engineering calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my
knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all
applicable regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package,
inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent
with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
CA QO���i� r
a.•�. 9•.9 ` L-oS19
Q SEAL r• —
045605 —
P •�GIt3t=��.•�c� ��
�t1
Applicant's CerifScation per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
1 Christofer De Haro Torres, Property Owner attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item I.3.)
Torres Property WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item U.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a
condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that
if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete.
I further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T.01 05(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any Use statement,
representation, or certification in any applic• tion package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 I as civil p/erialties p 25,000 per violation. Q 2 ,\
Signature: i/� Date: I JV I q
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of

Appendix E

Property Ownership Documentation

Book8429 - Page234 Page 1 of 4
For Registration Sharon A. Davis
Register of Deeds
Durham County, NC
Electronically Recorded
2018 May 22 04:39 PM NC Rev Stamp: $ 94.00
Book: 8429 Page: 234 Fee: $ 26.00
Instrument Number: 2018017259
DEED
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
Excise Tax: $ 94.00
Parcel Identifier No.171595 Verified by County on the day of , 20
By:
Mail/Box to: Grantee
This instrument was prepared by: Law Offices of Karen Donaldson. PLLC, 102-C Commonwealth Court Cary NC 27511
Brief description for the Index: EASTERN 7.02 AC. PT. OF LOT 2 ANDERSON GOSS ESTATE
THIS DEED made this 21st day of May , 2018 , by and between
GRANTOR
Melvin Green and wife,
Erma Lee Green A/K/A Erma Bullock Green
4625 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27704
GRANTEE
Christofer De Haro Torres, unmarried
110 Pleasant Drive
Durham, NC 27703
Enter in appropriate block for each Grantor and Grantee: name, mailing address, and, if appropriate, character of entity, e.g.
corporation or partnership.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, theirheirs, successors, and assigns, and shall include siagular,
plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, has and by
these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple, all that certain lot, parcel of land or condominium unit
situated in the City of Durham , Township, Durham County,
North Carolina and more particularly described as follows.
See Attached Exhibit "A" Legal Description
Property Address: 5007 Redwood Road, Durham, NC 27704
PIN: 0863-01-28-7603/Parcel Ref No: 171595
The property hereinabove described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in Book 1030 page 502
All or a portion of the property herein conveyed — includes or X does not include the primary residence of a Grantor.
A map showing the above described property is recorded in Plat Book 11 page 65
Page 1 of 2
NC Bar Association Form No. 3 0 1976, Revised ® 1977, 2002, 2013 This standard form has been approved by:
Printed by Agreement with the NC Bar Association - 1981 North Carolina Bar Association - NC Bar Form No. 3
submitted electronically by "Law offices of Karen Donaldson, P1_t_c"
in compliance with North Carolina statutes governing recordable documents
and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Durham county Register of Deeds.

Book8429 - Page235 Page 2 of 4
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances thereto belonging to the Grantee in fee
simple.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises in fee simple, has the right to convey the same in fee
simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and that Grantor will warrant and defend the title against the lawful
claims of all persons whomsoever, other than the following exceptions:
Restrictions and easements of record.
2018 Ad Valorem Taxes
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has duly executed the foregoing as of the day and year first above written.
(Entity Name)
By:
Print/Type Name & Title:
By:
Print/Type Name & Title:
�1 . _
Print/Type Name: Melvin i
Print/Type Name -
By:
Print/`Type Name & Title: Print/Type Name.•
State of - County or City of Wake
1, the undersigned Notary Public of the County or City of and State aforesaid, certify that
execution of the foregoing instrument for the f
May - 20 18
My Commission Expires: W 1
(Affix Seal)
�N-
N0TAR y
my Comm. E.xp.
11.19.2018
pf1B1.1G
9L_
State of - County or City 6fj.'
I, the undersigned Notary Public of the County or
g personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due
;4!iyJitness my hand and Notarial stamp or seal this -ZLsL day of
Z:
V Notary Public
=C-` Notary's Printed or Typed Name
and State aforesaid, certify that
personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due
execution of the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein expressed. Witness my hand and Notarial stamp or seat this day of
20_
My Commission Expires:
(Affix Seal)
Notary Public
Notary's Printed or Typed Name
State of - County or City of
1, the undersigned Notary Public of the County or City of and State aforesaid, certify that
personally came before me this day and acknowledged that
_he is the of , a North Carolina or
corporation/limited liability company/general partnership/limited partnership (strike through the
inapplicable), and that by authority duly given and as the act of such entity, —he signed the foregoing instrument in its name on its
behalf as its act and deed. Witness my hand and Notarial stamp or seal, this ' day of , 20_.
My Commission Expires:
(Affix Seal)
Natary Public
Notary's Printed or Typed Nam
Past 2 of 2
NC Bar Association Form No. 3 0 1976, Revised 0 1977.2002.2013 This standard form has been approved by:
Printed by Agreement with the NC Bar Association --1981 North Carolina Bar Association — NC Bar Posen No. 3

Book8429 - Page236 Page 3 of 4
Exhibit "A" Legal Description
PID 171595
5007 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27704
Beginning at an iron -pipe in the south right-of-way of Redwood Road, said point being the north
east corner of the eastern 3.44+/- Acre portion of Lot 2, Anderson Goss Estate as recorded in Plat
Book 98 Page 191, Durham County Registry; thence, with the south right-of-way of Redwood
Road, South 74 degrees, 23 minutes, 00 seconds East, 300.06 feet to an iron pipe, the north west
corner of Lot 1, Anderson Goss Estate as recorded in Plat Book 11 Page 65, Durham County
Registry; thence with the western boundary of Lot 1 the following bearings and distances; South
33 degrees, 18 minutes, 44 seconds West, 370.09 feet to an iron pipe; South 46 degrees, 48
minutes, 26 seconds East, 177.92 feet to an iron pipe; South 34 degrees, 55 minutes, 46 seconds
West, 1455.16 feet to an iron pipe, the south west corner of said Lot 1 in the line of Lot 2 as
recorded in Plat Book 101 Page 29; thence with said Lot 2, North 41 degrees, 25 minutes, 03
seconds West,112.89 feet to an iron pipe; thence with the eastern line of PID 171599, PID 171598
and PID 171597, North 32 degrees, 51 minutes, 25 seconds East, 1433.33 feet to an iron pipe, the
north east corner of PID 171597; thence with the north line of said PID 171597, North 66 degrees,
36 minutes, 05 seconds West, 315.12 feet to an iron pipe the south east corner of the western 3.44
+/- Acre portion of Lot 2, Anderson Goss Estate as recorded in Plat Book 98 Page 191, Durham
County Registry; thence with the east line of said western portion of Lot 2, North 35 degrees, 01
minutes, 32 seconds East, 355.39 feet to an iron pipe the point and place of beginning and
containing 7.027 Acres and being said eastern 7.03+/- Acre portion of Lot 2, Anderson Goss Estate
as recorded in Plat Book 98 Page 191, Durham County Registry.

Book8429 - Page237 Page 4 of 4

Appendix F

Soil Evaluation

Soil Suitability for Single-
Family Residence Wastewater
Irrigation Systems

5007 Redwood Road,
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County

Prepared for: Mr. Christofer De Haro Torres, Owner

Prepared By: Jeff Vaughan, Ph.D., NC L.S.S.
Senior Agronomist/Soil Scientist

Report Date: August 29, 2019

Soil Suitability for Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems
5007 Redwood Road, Durham, NC
Durham County, NC

PREPARED FOR: Mr. Christofer De Haro Torres, Owner

PREPARED BY: Jeff Vaughan, Ph.D., NC L.S.S.

DATE: August 29, 2019

Soil suitability for a single-family residence wastewater dispersal system was evaluated on
January 29, 2019 and June 12, 2019 for property located at 5007 Redwood Road in Durham, NC
(Durham County). Jeff Vaughan of Agri-Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) conducted the soil
evaluation. Property reference maps are included in Attachment 1.

The subject property is predominantly wooded, but there is one small (<1 acre) cleared area near
the front of the property. There are some small piles of trash on the property. There are
moderate slopes on the property. The soil surface is uneven in some places. The property has
been denied a septic system permit for a single family residence. A copy of the permit denial is
included in Attachment 2.

The owner proposes to build a 5-bedroom single family residence on the property. A well will
serve the residence. The proposed soils area that can accommodate an irrigation field is shown
on the maps in Attachment 3.

The evaluation map in Attachment 3 details the locations o f the soil borings, soil types, property
lines, proposed soils area for irrigation, and saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) test
locations. The dominant soil type on this property and proposed application area is White Store
sandy loam (map symbols WsB and WsC). A detailed description of a typical profile within the
proposed application area is shown in Attachment 4. All profile descriptions are for moist soil.
A written description of a typical deep boring profile is below. A standard soil fertility sample
was obtained for each horizon and is included in Attachment 5.

White Store – Fine, mixed, thermic Vertic Hapludalfs
Sideslope landscape position (2 – 6% slope)
Seasonal high water table (perched) is estimated to be 1.5’ or more

2
A— 0 to 5 inches, dark brown (10YR 3/3) sandy loam; fine moderate granular structure; very
friable; non-sticky, non-plastic; clear smooth boundary; CEC = 5.6 meq/100cm3

E— 5 to 11 inches, very pale brown (10YR 7/4) sandy loam; fine moderate granular structure;
very friable; non-sticky, non-plastic; clear smooth boundary; CEC = 3.0 meq/100cm3

Btg1— 11 to 26 inches, yellowish red (5YR 5/8) clay; common medium distinct gray (5YR 7/1)
mottles; massive structure; very firm; sticky to very sticky, plastic to very plastic; clear
smooth boundary; CEC = 12.3 meq/100cm3

Btg2— 26 to 40 inches, gray (5YR 7/1) clay; common medium distinct yellowish red (5YR 5/8)
mottles; massive structure; very firm; very sticky, very plastic; clear smooth boundary;
CEC = 15.0 meq/100cm3

BC— 40 to 46 inches, gray (5YR 5/1) clay loam to clay; common medium distinct yellowish
red (5YR 5/8) mottles; massive structure; firm to very firm; slightly sticky to sticky;
slightly plastic to plastic; clear smooth boundary; CEC = 14.5 meq/100cm3

C— 46 to 54 inches, gray (5YR 5/1) clay loam to silty clay loam; single grain structure;
friable to firm; slightly sticky; slightly plastic; clear smooth boundary; CEC = 13.9
meq/100cm3

R— 54 inches

Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) Tests
A total of three KSAT tests were conducted within the proposed irrigation area on June 12, 2019
(locations noted in Attachment 3). The purpose of these tests was to determine permeability
within the most restrictive soil horizon (Btg horizons). All tests were performed with an
Aardvark Permeameter. The results are summarized below. The field datasheets, computational
spreadsheet, soil boring logs, and pictures are in Attachment 6. Results have been rounded to the
nearest thousandth to maintain significant figures.

Table 1. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) Data.
KSAT Test Identification KSAT Test Depth Permeability
-----inches----- -----in/hr-----
1 22 0.102
2 20 0.255
3 18 0.026
Geometric Mean 0.087

All three Ksat tests were done in the defined soils area for the dripfield, but only a portion of the
defined soils area may be proposed for use for the dripfield as per the system design. Therefore,
all three Ksat tests are representative of the soils in the dripfield regardless of whether they are
located within the dripfield or just outside the dripfield.

3
Loading Rate and Sprayfield Computations and Recommendations
Based on the KSAT data, we recommend a permeability rate of 0.026 in/hr be used in the water
balance computation for this system. The wastewater irrigation rate was determined using the
above KSAT data in accordance with the Single-Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System
Loading Rate Calculation Policy and the Single-Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
The computation spreadsheets developed to satisfy the 15A NCAC 02T 0.0600 rules are
available in Attachment 7. The Thornthwaite Method and 80th percentile precipitation were
used in the computations below.

Proposed loading rates for the wastewater system are computed using the water balance provided
in the Single-Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook; however, they are summarized below.
Loading rates can vary widely depending on the soil permeability rate and design factor used in
the computation. A loading rate of 20.56 in/year (0.40 in/week) is recommended for this system
and the instantaneous application rate should not exceed 0.20in/hour.

The approximate land area required for an irrigation system is calculated based on the size of the
proposed residence and the loading rate of the soil. Based on the design flow of 600 gallons/day
and annual loading rate of 20.56in/yr, the minimum size of the drip field is approximately
17,083ft 2. The area evaluated and suitable for the proposed system is about 22,296ft2, so ample
space is available for the wastewater irrigation system anywhere within the evaluated area.

The vegetation in the proposed irrigation field should be carefully removed by hand during the
installation process where necessary.

The soil surface is uneven in some places, so some fill soil and smoothing will be needed within
the proposed dripfield. Fill soil will also be needed within some small areas of the proposed
dripfield in order to maintain 12” of separation to seasonal high water table indications (chroma
2). The natural topography is ideal to shed surface water, and this should not be adjusted. The
present soil surface texture is sandy loam and offers a good infiltrative surface. Fill material
should have the following characteristics:

1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris, twigs,
sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: loamy sand,
sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a
third-party testing laboratory if necessary.

AWT is recommending a surface drip irrigation system with ADVANTEX pretreatment to serve
the proposed single-family residence. The proposed system will satisfy the design criteria
outlined in 15A NCAC 02T .0605.

We appreciate the opportunity to assist you in this matter. Please contact us with any questions,
concerns, or comments.

ATTACHMENT 1: Property Reference Map

Prope rty Map
Sou rces: E sri, HE RE , Ga rmin, USGS , In termap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, ME TI, E sri Ch in a (Hon g K on g), E sri K orea, Esri (Thailand), NGCC, (c)Ope nSt reetMa p contribu tors, a nd the GIS User Community
Au gu st 25 , 2019
2019
0 0.075 0.150.0 375 mi
0 0.1 0.20.05 km
1:4,514

:
Prope rty Map
Sou rce: Esri, Digita lG lo be , G eoE ye, Ea rt hstar Geographics, CNES/Airbus DS,US DA , USG S, Ae ro GRID, IG N, and t he GIS User Community
Au gu st 25 , 2019
2019
0 0.075 0.150.0 375 mi
0 0.1 0.20.05 km
1:4,514

:

ATTACHMENT 2: Durham County Health Department
Septic System Permit Denial
F ROW
Public Health
100 Years of Service • 1913-2013
Re: Application for Improvement Permit
Applicant: Christopher DeHero Owner: Same
5312 Wayne Street, Apt B
Raleigh, NC 27606
Property site: 5007 Redwood Rd
Durham, NC 27704
Environmental Health Division file number: 275466
Dear Mr. DeHaro,
The Durham County Department of Public Health, Environmental Health Division on February
2511 2019, evaluated the above referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site
plan that accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application
the site is to serve a three -bedroom house with a design wastewater flow of 360 gallons per
day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater
systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A,
Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative
Code, Rule .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a
sanitary system of sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for
an Improvement Permit. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based
on the following:
Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .1941)
Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
the (Rule .1946)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the
discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground
water or inside your structure.
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 1 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of

modified, innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined
that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible
option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -
site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no
Improvement Permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if
written documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this
rule is enclosed. You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under
which your site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by
the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may
also request an informal review by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human
Services regional soil scientist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the local
health department.
You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must
file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the
Office of Administrative Hearings or call the office at [phone] or download it from the
OAH web site at http://www.ncoah.com/forms.html . The petition for a contested case hearing
must be filed in accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and
150B-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 13OA-335
(g) provides that your hearing would be held in the county where your property is located.
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office
of Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date of this
letter is February 27th, 2019. Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you
are required by law (N.C. General Statute 15013-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office
of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the
local health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute 15OB-23 that
you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Health and Human
Services.
You may call or write the local health department if you need any additional information or
assistance.
Sincerely,
Noelle Spence, REHS #2550
Enclosures: Copy of site evaluation
Copy of Rule .1948

15A NCAC 18A .1948 SITE CLASSIFICATION
(a) Sites classified as SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system
consistent with these Rules. A suitable classification generally indicates soil and site conditions favorable for the
operation of a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system or have slight limitations that are readily
overcome by proper design and installation.
(b) Sites classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and
disposal system consistent with these Rules but have moderate limitations. Sites classified Provisionally Suitable
require some modifications and careful planning, design, and installation in order for a ground absorption sewage
treatment and disposal system to function satisfactorily,
(c) Sites classified UNSUITABLE have severe limitations for the installation and use of a properly functioning ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system. An improvement permit shall not be issued for a site which is
classified as UNSUITABLE. However, where a site is UNSUITABLE, it may be reclassified PROVISIONALLY
SUITABLE if special investigation indicates that a modified or alternative system can be installed in accordance with
Rules .1956 or .1957 of this Section.
(d) A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be used for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system
specifically identified in Rules .1955, .1956, or. 1957 of this Section or a system approved under Rule ,1969 if written
documentation, including engineering, hydrogeologic, geologic or soil studies, indicates to the local health department
that the proposed system can be expected to function satisfactorily. Such sites shall be reclassified as
PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if the local health department determines that the substantiating data indicate that:
(1) a ground absorption system can be installed so that the effluent will be non-patltogenic, non-infectious,
non -toxic, and non -hazardous;
(2) the effluent will not contaminate groundwater or surface water; and
(3) the effluent will not be exposed on the ground surface or be discharged to surface waters where it could
come in contact with people, animals, or vectors.
The State shall review the substantiating data if requested by the local health department.
Histo)y Note: Authority G.S. 130A-335(e);
Eff July 1, 1982;
Amended Ejj. April 1, 1993; Januan,1, 1990_

1,1
5007 Redwood Rd
S&SE Site Map
1 "= 200'
N. Spence 2/27/2019
THIS IS NOT A SURVEY
NOT SURVEY ACCURATE
o Soil Profiles
200 100 0
House Site
(as marked in field)
200 Feet
ME
fi
0
4
2

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH, ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
for ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
(Complete all fields in full)
Sheet \ of
PROPERTY ID #f:
COUNTY: �Gvyv\
OWNER: \ '!� . w APPLICATION DATE i -v �.
_
ADDRESS: DATE EVALUATED:
PROPOSED FACILITY: P D DESIGN FLOW (.194 PROPERTY SIZE:
LOCATION OF SITE:0 PROPERTY RECORDED:
WATER SUPPLY: rivate ell Spring Other
EVALUATION METH D: uger Boring I ` Cut TYPE OF WASTEWATER: ewage Industrial Process Mixed
P
a '
SOIL MORPHOLOGY..
OTHER.
F..
0941).
PROFILE FACTORS
E
..1940
E
LANDSCAPE.
HORIZON
1942
POSITION/
DEPTH
PROFILE
#
SLOPE %
(IN.)
.1941
.1941
SOIL
1943
1956
1944
CLASS
STRUCTURE/
CONSISTENCE/
WETNESS/ •
SOIL
SAPRO
RESTR
& LTAR
'T'EXTU E
MINERALOGY
COLOR ` .
DEPTH
CLASS
HORIZ
L
�b
�ffflr�
�1 "09
3 L %�
C
Li
v�q
DESCRIPTION
INITIAL SYSTEM
REPAIR SYSTEM
OTHER FACTORS (.1946):
SITE CLASSIFICATION (.1948):
Available Space (.1945)
EVALUATED BY:
System Type(s)
OTHER(S) PRESENT:
Site LTAR
COMMENTS
Updated February 2014

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
(Continuation Sheet -Complete all field in full)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
Sheele�_af 2'
PROPERTY ID #1:
DATE OF EVALUATION:
COUNTY: -
P
o
F
1
E
#
.194fl
LANDSCAPEHORIZ
POSITION/
SLOPE %
ON
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
(.1941)
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCIE/
MINERALOGY
.1942
SOIL.
WETNESS/ SS/
COLOR
.19.43
SOIL..
DEPTH
.1956
SAPRO
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
.
L
1 f�
L — `f/
f1
��
'S
SL
COMMENTS
Updated February 2014

ATTACHMENT 3: Soil Evaluation and KSAT Map

#*#*#*!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.321WsBWsCWsCWsCCrBPreliminarySoil Evaluation Map0 250 500125FeetAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem St. Suite 203Apex NC 27502P: 919.859.0669www.agriwaste.comChris DeharoDurham Co., NCPIN: 0863-01-28-7603Ü*** This map was created for proposed planning purposes only. It is not intended to be used as a plat or survey map of any type.***Drawn By: Julie DavidsonReviewed By: Jeff VaughanDate: 6/20/19Suitable Area:~22296 sq. ftSoil Types:WsB/WsC/WsE-White Store sandy LegendParcelProperty Buffer 50'#*KsatSurface WaterSurface Water Buffer 50'Soil TypeSuitable AreaSoil Boring Depth (in.)!.<12"
#*#*#*!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.!.321PreliminarySoil Evaluation Map0 250 500125FeetAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem St. Suite 203Apex NC 27502P: 919.859.0669www.agriwaste.comChris DeharoDurham Co., NCPIN: 0863-01-28-7603Ü*** This map was created for proposed planning purposes only. It is not intended to be used as a plat or survey map of any type.***Drawn By: Julie DavidsonReviewed By: Jeff VaughanDate: 6/20/19Suitable Area:~22296 sq. ftSoil Types:WsB/WsC/WsE-White Store sandy LegendParcelProperty Buffer 50'#*KsatSurface WaterSurface Water Buffer 50'Suitable Area2 ft. ContourSoil Boring Depth (in.)!.<12"

ATTACHMENT 4: Typical Soil Profile Descriptions

Parcel ID#: 0863-01-28-7603
Property Recorded:
County: Durham

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
FOR
ON-SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM

Applicant: Mr. Chris Deharo Owner: X Agent: Phone: [phone]
Address: 110 Pleasant Drive Date Evaluated: 1/29/19 & 6/12/19
Durham, NC 27703 Proposed Facility: Single Family Residence
Property Size: ~7.054 acres
Location Site: 5007 Redwood Road, Durham, NC 27704
Water Supply: On Site Well X Comm. Well Public Other Evaluation Method: Auger Boring: X Pit

PROFILE 1: Typical Soil Profile Description - (WsB – White Store sandy loam)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)

Matrix

Mottles

Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-5” 10YR 3/3 - - SL GR NEXP NS, NP Vfr
E 5-11” 10YR 7/4 - - SL GR NEXP NS, NP Vfr
Btg1 11-26” 5YR 5/8 5YR 7/1 2, m, D C M EXP S-VS, P-VP Vfi
Btg2 26-40” 5YR 7/1 5YR 5/8 2, m, D C M EXP VS, VP Vfi
BC 40-46” 5YR 7/1 5YR 5/8 1, m, D CL-C M EXP SS-S, SP-P Fi-Vfi
C 46-54” 5YR 7/1 - - CL-SiCL SG SEXP SS,SP Fr-Fi
R 54”+

.1940 Landscape Pos/Slope % S
Profile LTAR Ksat test

.1942 Wetness Condition US
System Type
Surface drip

.1943/.1956 Saprolite S

.1944 Restrictive Horizon PS

.1948 Profile Classification PS

Comments: Chroma 2 evident at 13”+. Uneven surface in places, rocks on soil surface in places, trash on soil surface in places. May need
some fill soil in final drainfield area.

EVALUATED BY: Jeff Vaughan
COMMENTS:

LEGEND OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SOIL/SITE EVALUATION FORM

LANDSCAPE POSITION STRUCTURE MOTTLES
CC – Concave Slope G – Single Grain 1 – Few
CV – Convex Slope M – Massive 2 – Common
DS – Debris Slump CR – Crumb 3 – Many
D – Depression GR – Granular
DW – Drainage Way SBK – Subangular Blocky f – Fine
FP – Flood Plain ABK – Angular Blocky m – Medium
FS – Foot Slope PL – Platy c – Coarse
H – Head Slope PR – Prismatic
I – Interfluve (w in front denotes “weak”) F – Faint
L – Linear Slope D – Distinct
N – Nose Slope P – Prominent
P – Pocosin
R – Ridge
S – Shoulder
T – Terrace

MOIST CONSISTENCE WET CONSISTENCE MINERALOLOGY
VFr – Very Friable NS – Non Sticky NEXP – Non Expansive
Fr – Friable SS – Slightly Sticky SEXP – Slightly Expansive
Fi – Firm S – Sticky EXP – Expansive
VFi – Very Firm VS – Very Sticky
EFi – Extremely Firm
NP – Non Plastic
SP – Slightly Plastic
P – Plastic
VP – Very Plastic

TEXTURE GROUP TEXTURE CLASS .1955 LTAR (gal/day/sq.ft.)
I S – Sand 1.2 – 0.8
LS – Loamy Sand

II SL – Sandy Loam 0.8 – 0.6
L – Loam

III SCL – Sandy Clay Loam 0.6 – 0.3
CL – Clay Loam
SiL – Silt Loam
Si – Silt
SiCL – Silty Clay Loam

IV SC – Sandy Clay 0.4 – 0.1
SiC – Silty Clay
C – Clay

ATTACHMENT 5: NCDA Soil Fertility Analysis Results

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/Report No. FY19-SL033737
Mehlich-3 ExtractionSoil Report
Client:
Links to Helpful Information
Advisor:Predictive Jeff Vaughan
Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Chris Deharo
110 Pleasant Drive
Durham, NC 27703
Sampled County : Durham
Client ID: 499452 Advisor ID: 428111
Sampled:
Received:
Completed:
Not Provided
06/13/2019
06/19/2019Farm: Not Provided
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DA
100-150
100-150
0
0
0
0
0
0
18215.02.0655.61.060.46 2306921124
30
30
40
40
Note: 11
Note: 11
69
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
54 10
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.1
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DE
100-150
100-150
$
$
0
0
$
$
10244.91.3583.01.240.32 317162427
30
30
60
60
Note: 11
Note: 11
16
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
45 11
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.1
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DBtg1
100-150
100-150
$
$
0
0
0
0
4634.29.22512.31.050.13 140252141
70
70
0
0
Note: 11
Note: 11
25
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
15 8
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.1
Thank you for using agronomic services to manage nutrients and safeguard environmental quality.
- Steve Troxler, Commissioner of Agriculture
Reprogramming of the laboratory-information-management system that makes this report possible is
being funded through a grant from the North Carolina Tobacco Trust Fund Commission.
NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/Report No. FY19-SL033737
Page 2 of 3Chris Deharo
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DBtg2
100-150
100-150
$
$
0
0
0
0
6334.111.62315.01.000.04 23691383
70
70
0
0
Note: 11
Note: 11
9
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
9 12
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.3
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DBC
100-150
100-150
$
$
0
0
0
0
4224.011.32214.51.010.04 3398533
80
80
0
0
Note: 11
Note: 11
8
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
6 15
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.5
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DC
100-150
100-150
$
$
0
0
0
0
3834.09.92913.91.060.04 54713827
70
70
10
10
Note: 11
Note: 11
13
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
9 18
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.7
Lime History:
Sample ID: More
Information
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm ; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm ; NO3-N in mg/dm ]: Soil Class:
Ca%NO3-NSS-IESPNaCu-IZn-AIZn-IMn-AI2Mn-AI1Mn-IS-IMg%K-IP-IpHAcBS%CECW/VHM%
2 -
1 -
Crop
Recommendations:Lime
BCuZnMnSMgK2OP2O5N
Mineral
Pine, M
Pine, M
0.0
0.0
DFERT
100-150
100-150
$
$
0
0
0
0
11224.71.7533.61.210.36 3272511624
30
30
60
60
Note: 11
Note: 11
25
(tons/acre)
333
0
0
41 10
Nutrients (lb/acre)
0.1
NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/Report No. FY19-SL033737
Page 3 of 3Chris Deharo
Recommendations
Lime
If testing finds that soil pH is too low for the crop(s) indicated, a lime recommendation will be given in units of either
ton/acre or lb/1000 sq ft. For best results, mix the lime into the top 6 to 8 inches of soil several months before planting.
For no-till or established plantings where this is not possible, apply no more than 1 to 1.5 ton/acre (50 lb/1000 sq ft) at one
time, even if the report recommends more. You can apply the rest in similar increments every six months until the full rate
is applied. If MG is recommended and lime is needed, use dolomitric lime.
Fertilizer
Recommendations for field crops or other large areas are listed separately for each nutrient to be added (in units of
lb/acre unless otherwise specified). Recommendations for N (and sometimes for B) are based on research/field studies
for the crop being grown, not on soil test results. K-I and P-I values are based on test results and should be > 50. If they
are not, follow the fertilizer recommendations given. If Mg is needed and no lime is recommended, 0-0-22 (11.5% Mg) is
an excellent source; 175 to 250 lb per acre alone or in a fertilizer blend will usually satisfy crop needs, SS-I levels appear
only on reports for greenhouse soil or problem samples.
Farmers and other commercial producers should pay special attention to micronutrient levels. If $, pH$, $pH, C or Z
notations appear on the soil report, refer to . In general, homeowners do not
need to be concerned about micronutrients. Various crop notes also address lime fertilizer needs; visit
Recommendations for small areas, such as home lawns/gardens, are listed in units of lb/1000 sq ft . If you cannot find
the exact fertilizer grade recommended on the report, visit to find information that
may help you choose a comparable alternate. For more information, read
.
Test Results
The first seven values [soil class, HM%, W/V, CEC, BS%, Ac and pH] describe the soil and its degree of acidity. The
remaining 16 [P-I, K-I, Ca%, Mg%, Mn-I, Mn-AI1, Mn-AI2, Zn-I, Zn-AI, Cu-I, S-I, SS-I, Na, ESP, SS-I, NO 3-N (not routinely
available)] indicate levels of plant nutrients or other fertility measurement. Visit
Report Abbreviations
Ac exchangeable acidity
B boron
BS% % CEC occupied by basic cations
Ca%% CEC occupied by calcium
CEC cation exchange capacity
Cu-I copper index
ESP exchangeable sodium percent
HM%percent humic matter
K-I potassium index
K2O potash
Mg%% CEC occupied by magnesium
MIN mineral soil class
Mn manganese
Mn-Al1 Mn-availability index for crop 1
Mn-AI2 Mn-availability index for crop 2
Mn-I manganese index
M-O mineral-organic soil class
N nitrogen
Na sodium
NO3-N nitrate nitrogen
ORG organic soil class
pH current soil pH
P-I phosphorus index
P2O5 phosphate
S-I sulfur index
SS-I soluble salt index
W/V weight per volume
Zn-AI zinc availability index
Zn-I zinc index
Understanding the Soil Report: explanation of measurements, abbreviations and units
$Note: Secondary Nutrients and Micronutrients
www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/obpart4.htm#fs
A Homeowner's Guide to Fertilizer.
www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/uyrst.htm
ncagr.gov/agronomi/pubs.htm.
-umm mui trevise4 may 20041
Complete information sheet
and return with sample($).
GROWER INFORMATION — Please Print
SOIL SAMPLE INFORMATION
Web Site: www.ncagr.Comlagronomi Phone' [phone]
DATE RECENED
r
"1
LAST NAME
PC1414-f1-o
FIRST NAME PHONE
NAME OF OTHER RECIPIENT PHONE
C k 4 S
J W-F V41V 6K
ADDRESS
l t {-Ij - T
ADDRESS
{ /1/
(-
GITY
STATE ZIP CODE
CITY
Al
STATE ZIP CODE
�a
COUNTY (where samples were taken]
TOTAL NO. SAMPLES
FARM ID
E-MAILADDRESS
If you want an agricultural advisor
or someone else to receive a copy
of this report, please provide the
name & address in this box.
NCDA&CS Agronomic Division
Soil Testing Section
US Postal Service Address
1040 Mail Service Center
Raleigh NC 27699-1040
UPS & FedEx Address
4300 Reedy Creek Rd
Raleigh NC 27607-6465
LIME APPLIED WITHIN
FIRST CROP
SECOND CROP
(See explanation
CROP
(Following year— See CROP
LAB NUMBER
(Leave Blank)
SAMPLE
IDENTIFICATION
PAST 12 MONTHS
on reverse side of form)
CODE
explanation on reverse side of form) CODE
Tons/Acre
Month Year
�-
z
3
+' t In
4
Y t
5
p c
6
7
-------------
i
10------------
°, a
11
------------
I'
J
SAMPLING INSTRUCTIONS AND CROP CODES ARE SHOWN ON BACK 100,000 copies of this public document were printed at a cost of $3,372_24 nT $0 03 per c00

ATTACHMENT 6: Field KSAT and Soil Boring Log Sheets

Parameters Scenario
Q: Steady Flow Rate (ml/min):3.333
r: Borehole Radius (cm):5.715
h: Water head Height (cm):9.32
H: Depth of Borehole (cm):55.88
Water Temp ©:-
S: Water Table Depth (cm):-
Elrick and Reynolds
Soil Type Description (m/s)
I. Compacted, Structure-less, clayey or silty materials such as landfill caps and liners, lacustrine or marine sediments, etc.Ksat I:6.85E-08
II. Soils which are both fine textured (clayey or silty) and unstructured; may also include some fine sands.Ksat II:2.20E-07
III. Most structured soils from clays through loams; also includes unstructured medium and fine sands. The category most frequently applicable for agricultural soils.Ksat III:3.94E-07
IV. Coarse and gravely sands; may also include some highly structured soils with large and/or numerous cracks, macropors, etcKsat IV:5.56E-07
Radcliffe (new)(m/s)
I. Compacted, Structure-less, clayey or silty materials such as landfill caps and liners, lacustrine or marine sediments, etc.Ksat I:6.51E-08
II. Soils which are both fine textured (clayey or silty) and unstructured; may also include some fine sands.Ksat II:2.02E-07
III. Most structured soils from clays through loams; also includes unstructured medium and fine sands. The category most frequently applicable for agricultural soils.Ksat III:3.94E-07
IV. Coarse and gravely sands; may also include some highly structured soils with large and/or numerous cracks, macropors, etcKsat IV:5.62E-07
Project: DeHaro SFR
Ksat: 1 Glover (m/s)
Depth: 22 in Ksat:7.2E-07
Earth Manual
Water Table Condition (m/s)
a. Deep Water Table (L/h) > 3 Ksat-a:#VALUE!
b. Shallow Water Table 1 <= (L/h) <= 3 Ksat-b:#VALUE!
c. Very Shallow water Table (L/h) < 1 Ksat-c:#VALUE!
Soilmoisture Ksat Calculator
Project: DeHaro SFR
Ksat: 1
Depth: 22 in
Reading Number Time
Reservoir Water
Level (ml)Elapsed Time (min)
Interval Water
Consumed (ml)
Total Water
Consumed (ml)
Water Consumption
Rate (ml/min)
1 7:10:00 AM 9600
2 7:11:00 AM 8600 1.00 1000.00 1000.00 1000.000
3 8:10:00 AM 7300 59.00 1300.00 2300.00 22.034
4 8:40:00 AM 7200 30.00 100.00 2400.00 3.333
5 9:10:00 AM 7100 30.00 100.00 2500.00 3.333
6 9:40:00 AM 7000 30.00 100.00 2600.00 3.333
7 10:10:00 AM 6900 30.00 100.00 2700.00 3.333
8 10:40:00 AM 6800 30.00 100.00 2800.00 3.333
9 11:10:00 AM 6700 30.00 100.00 2900.00 3.333
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
12:00:00 AM 1:12:00 AM 2:24:00 AM 3:36:00 AM 4:48:00 AM 6:00:00 AM 7:12:00 AM 8:24:00 AM 9:36:00 AM 10:48:00 AM 12:00:00 PM
Interval Water Consumed (ml)
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
12:00:00 AM 1:12:00 AM 2:24:00 AM 3:36:00 AM 4:48:00 AM 6:00:00 AM 7:12:00 AM 8:24:00 AM 9:36:00 AM 10:48:00 AM 12:00:00 PM
Total Water Consumed (ml)
Soilmoisture Ksat Calculator
Parameters Scenario
Q: Steady Flow Rate (ml/min):8.333
r: Borehole Radius (cm):5.715
h: Water head Height (cm):9.31
H: Depth of Borehole (cm):50.8
Water Temp ©:-
S: Water Table Depth (cm):-
Elrick and Reynolds
Soil Type Description (m/s)
I. Compacted, Structure-less, clayey or silty materials such as landfill caps and liners, lacustrine or marine sediments, etc.Ksat I:1.71E-07
II. Soils which are both fine textured (clayey or silty) and unstructured; may also include some fine sands.Ksat II:5.51E-07
III. Most structured soils from clays through loams; also includes unstructured medium and fine sands. The category most frequently applicable for agricultural soils.Ksat III:9.86E-07
IV. Coarse and gravely sands; may also include some highly structured soils with large and/or numerous cracks, macropors, etcKsat IV:1.39E-06
Radcliffe (new)(m/s)
I. Compacted, Structure-less, clayey or silty materials such as landfill caps and liners, lacustrine or marine sediments, etc.Ksat I:1.63E-07
II. Soils which are both fine textured (clayey or silty) and unstructured; may also include some fine sands.Ksat II:5.05E-07
III. Most structured soils from clays through loams; also includes unstructured medium and fine sands. The category most frequently applicable for agricultural soils.Ksat III:9.85E-07
IV. Coarse and gravely sands; may also include some highly structured soils with large and/or numerous cracks, macropors, etcKsat IV:1.41E-06
Project: DeHaro SFR
Ksat: 2 Glover (m/s)
Depth: 20 in Ksat:1.8E-06
Earth Manual
Water Table Condition (m/s)
a. Deep Water Table (L/h) > 3 Ksat-a:#VALUE!
b. Shallow Water Table 1 <= (L/h) <= 3 Ksat-b:#VALUE!
c. Very Shallow water Table (L/h) < 1 Ksat-c:#VALUE!
Soilmoisture Ksat Calculator
Project: DeHaro SFR
Ksat: 2
Depth: 20 in
Reading Number Time
Reservoir Water
Level (ml)Elapsed Time (min)
Interval Water
Consumed (ml)
Total Water
Consumed (ml)
Water Consumption
Rate (ml/min)
1 7:08:00 AM 7100
2 7:09:00 AM 6000 1.00 1100.00 1100.00 1100.000
3 7:23:00 AM 7200 14.00 -1200.00 -100.00 -85.714
4 7:24:00 AM 6100 1.00 1100.00 1000.00 1100.000
5 8:08:00 AM 5700 44.00 400.00 1400.00 9.091
6 8:38:00 AM 5450 30.00 250.00 1650.00 8.333
7 9:08:00 AM 5200 30.00 250.00 1900.00 8.333
8 9:38:00 AM 4950 30.00 250.00 2150.00 8.333
9 10:08:00 AM 4700 30.00 250.00 2400.00 8.333
10 10:38:00 AM 4450 30.00 250.00 2650.00 8.333
11 11:08:00 AM 4200 30.00 250.00 2900.00 8.333
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
12:00:00 AM 1:12:00 AM 2:24:00 AM 3:36:00 AM 4:48:00 AM 6:00:00 AM 7:12:00 AM 8:24:00 AM 9:36:00 AM 10:48:00 AM 12:00:00 PM
Interval Water Consumed (ml)
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
12:00:00 AM 1:12:00 AM 2:24:00 AM 3:36:00 AM 4:48:00 AM 6:00:00 AM 7:12:00 AM 8:24:00 AM 9:36:00 AM 10:48:00 AM 12:00:00 PM
Total Water Consumed (ml)
Soilmoisture Ksat Calculator
Parameters Scenario
Q: Steady Flow Rate (ml/min):0.833
r: Borehole Radius (cm):5.715
h: Water head Height (cm):9.3
H: Depth of Borehole (cm):72.39
Water Temp ©:-
S: Water Table Depth (cm):-
Elrick and Reynolds
Soil Type Description (m/s)
I. Compacted, Structure-less, clayey or silty materials such as landfill caps and liners, lacustrine or marine sediments, etc.Ksat I:1.71E-08
II. Soils which are both fine textured (clayey or silty) and unstructured; may also include some fine sands.Ksat II:5.51E-08
III. Most structured soils from clays through loams; also includes unstructured medium and fine sands. The category most frequently applicable for agricultural soils.Ksat III:9.87E-08
IV. Coarse and gravely sands; may also include some highly structured soils with large and/or numerous cracks, macropors, etcKsat IV:1.39E-07
Radcliffe (new)(m/s)
I. Compacted, Structure-less, clayey or silty materials such as landfill caps and liners, lacustrine or marine sediments, etc.Ksat I:1.63E-08
II. Soils which are both fine textured (clayey or silty) and unstructured; may also include some fine sands.Ksat II:5.05E-08
III. Most structured soils from clays through loams; also includes unstructured medium and fine sands. The category most frequently applicable for agricultural soils.Ksat III:9.86E-08
IV. Coarse and gravely sands; may also include some highly structured soils with large and/or numerous cracks, macropors, etcKsat IV:1.41E-07
Project: DeHaro SFR
Ksat: 3 Glover (m/s)
Depth: 18 in Ksat:1.8E-07
Earth Manual
Water Table Condition (m/s)
a. Deep Water Table (L/h) > 3 Ksat-a:#VALUE!
b. Shallow Water Table 1 <= (L/h) <= 3 Ksat-b:#VALUE!
c. Very Shallow water Table (L/h) < 1 Ksat-c:#VALUE!
Soilmoisture Ksat Calculator
Project: DeHaro SFR
Ksat: 3
Depth: 18 in
Reading Number Time
Reservoir Water
Level (ml)Elapsed Time (min)
Interval Water
Consumed (ml)
Total Water
Consumed (ml)
Water Consumption
Rate (ml/min)
1 7:06:00 AM 7000
2 7:07:00 AM 6050 1.00 950.00 950.00 950.000
3 8:06:00 AM 5950 59.00 100.00 1050.00 1.695
4 8:36:00 AM 5925 30.00 25.00 1075.00 0.833
5 9:06:00 AM 5900 30.00 25.00 1100.00 0.833
6 9:36:00 AM 5875 30.00 25.00 1125.00 0.833
7 10:06:00 AM 5850 30.00 25.00 1150.00 0.833
8 10:36:00 AM 5825 30.00 25.00 1175.00 0.833
9 11:06:00 AM 5800 30.00 25.00 1200.00 0.833
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
12:00:00 AM 1:12:00 AM 2:24:00 AM 3:36:00 AM 4:48:00 AM 6:00:00 AM 7:12:00 AM 8:24:00 AM 9:36:00 AM 10:48:00 AM 12:00:00 PM
Interval Water Consumed (ml)
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
12:00:00 AM 1:12:00 AM 2:24:00 AM 3:36:00 AM 4:48:00 AM 6:00:00 AM 7:12:00 AM 8:24:00 AM 9:36:00 AM 10:48:00 AM 12:00:00 PM
Total Water Consumed (ml)
Soilmoisture Ksat Calculator
Project: DeHaro SFR
Date(s):
KSAT 1 22 in
Kfs =0.00000072 m/s
0.10204724 in/hr
1.5267328 gal/day/ft2
KSAT 2 20 in
Kfs =0.0000018 m/s
0.25511811 in/hr
3.81683199 gal/day/ft2
KSAT 3 18 in
Kfs =0.00000018 m/s
0.02551181 in/hr
0.3816832 gal/day/ft2
GeoMetric Mean (all)0.087249 in/hr
1.305338 gal/day/ft2
6/12/2019
Appendix
Asmlf * Purrrawrater Sample Datashaet
Aardvark Permeameter Field Data Sheet READING AND CAGCLIL.ATiLM
DATE: b'lzf of INVESTIGATOR: v Q: Steady Flow Rate (mlimin):
In Bw*4W Diener (Cm3: Sh: Water Height in Borahole (cm):
H: ea�eatwse Depth (am). 4-1 ^] ^ L t S: Depth of Water Table (ran):
a: Vertlatl cNew ea between Reservoir ■nd APM (CM)'.j[ f Water TornpersWra:
Boll T Category:
PAwfing
Humber
ThIM
Water La"
In Rasarvolr
rrr
Elap ead Time
Interval
min
Interval Water
Consumption (mi)
TOW Wow
Consumption (MI)
WaW Constsnpdon
Rats Waft)
,
41(
d
Ub �r�
0•-, L>
I-,> a c�
[ r,o a
5"�
360 c<71�,
�>D
�t-2,03
f[-71
o c,
6
3
2- f- r�
4F
J
f
t 0 c->
awu uwiww .�
•,.%w *, ~wI unir. c.ew40
�rMt;rr 1 RP.
P.C. SM 30M, Senta 9arb1ra, CA. 93130 U.S.A. B
M1.1. ! Avs., UMz, CA. l3117 Ph: (606)9B4.3r 25 37
www.*wllmolsturw,c;om — [e-mail] PqQ 5411�15n

Appendix A
Urd+►" Pemomrater S&mple DmashW
Aardvark Permameter Fier usta 5neet
DATE: 6 ! f 2- ` 1`T INVESTIGATOR: � li
2r: Sof9hole Dlarneter 1cm):
Ii: *orehole Depth Icmi=
D: Vertical diadrtCe batwMn Reservoir and APM (cm): 2 q
Solt TOMsalsbuctLrs Category: G
; � z
READING AND CALCULATION
a- Steady Flow Rate (mllmin):
h: Water H04;ht In screw* (cm):
S: Depth of Water Table (cm):
Water Temperature:
lissdE
Humber71tne
Water Level
in Reservoir
m
Elapsed Tuna
Irtttenriil
m1n
Interval Water
Consumption (ml)
Totni WaDrr
na
Gaurnpdon (MI)
Wtltsr Comurrp�rt
Rah (MMM)
7
-7[L)o
J-7,,c>
6voa
1
1t
Cc>�
7,
Cap
tjc�c>
g 4 0
C.
C>
02
LIF
qq)r '>
3,
�2f'o
l �F,
V -2 0
7 0
12-S -c-
-70
teL,K a d
Ll>,-> �-
S,
P.C. t>r= SMS, Santa Batbars, CA. 93130 U.S.A.
801.5. MUM Ave., Goleta, CA 93117 Ph: (805) 9"26
www.sollrnoisture.com - salesasollmoiaturs.cnm
page 37
•

Appendix A
Aardvark Permeameter Sample Datasheet
Aardvark Permeameter Field Data Sheet
READING AND CALCULA i run
DATE: I7 / l (t INVE"GATDR:
0: Steady Fitriv R'sb (mUmin):
tr: Borehole Dlaansar (cm). h: Water Height In Bonrhole (cm):
14; Borehole Depth (cm): S: Depth of Water Table lem):
D: Vertical d*tsnce between Reservoir and APM (cm): g Water Temperature:
Boll Taa[tur wftn Burs Category: L
Reedl
Number Timee
Water Lwel
In Reservoir
m
Elspsed Time
Interval
(min)
min
Intwval Water
Consumption trail
Total Water
Conn mPtIM (mil
Wear Consmptlon
Rats (Murn1n)
L) L
-7 >
170 -
6 4
S
L I a
0rpI A�—'?
c'
�oC> U
Q�S
/�-
C?:OG
S U
o
a.
S LJ1�
!�/
54
rZ>
D S
Q'
io 36s
3S
1S
o. X -3.
T-1
SOILMQISTURE EQUIPMENT CORP.
P.Q. Saar DIMS, earns Rarbara, CA. 13130 LI S.A.
&MA. Ks M Ave., C1d t*, CA, i3117 Ph: (doll)VW3b23
www.sollmoiawro.r-om-salosesollmoisture.com
me 37
a

Ksat Test #1.

Ksat Test #1 – Close-Up.

Ksat Test #2.

Ksat Test #2 – Close-Up.

Ksat Test #3.

Ksat Test #3 – Close-Up.
Parcel ID#: 0863-01-28-7603
Property Recorded:
County: Durham

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
FOR
ON-SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM

Applicant: Mr. Chris Deharo Owner: X Agent: Phone: [phone]
Address: 110 Pleasant Drive Date Evaluated: 1/29/19 & 6/12/19
Durham, NC 27703 Proposed Facility: Single Family Residence
Property Size: ~7.054 acres
Location Site: 5007 Redwood Road, Durham, NC 27704
Water Supply: On Site Well X Comm. Well Public Other Evaluation Method: Auger Boring: X Pit

PROFILE 1: Ksat Soil Boring #1 Description - (WsB – White Store sandy loam)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)

Matrix

Mottles

Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-7” 10YR 3/3 - - SL GR NEXP NS, NP Vfr
E 7-17” 10YR 7/4 - - SL GR NEXP NS, NP Vfr
Btg1 17-31” 5YR 5/8 5YR 7/1 2, m, D C M EXP S-VS, P-VP Vfi
Btg2 31-36”+ 5YR 7/1 5YR 5/8 2, m, D C M EXP VS, VP Vfi

.1940 Landscape Pos/Slope % S
Profile LTAR Ksat test

.1942 Wetness Condition US
System Type
Surface drip

.1943/.1956 Saprolite S

.1944 Restrictive Horizon PS

.1948 Profile Classification PS

Comments: Chroma 2 evident at 19”+. Uneven surface in places, rocks on soil surface in places, trash on soil surface in places. May need
some fill soil in final drainfield area.

PROFILE 2: Ksat Soil Boring #2 Description - (WsB – White Store sandy loam)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)

Matrix

Mottles

Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-5” 10YR 3/3 - - SL GR NEXP NS, NP Vfr
E 5-12” 10YR 7/4 - - SL GR NEXP NS, NP Vfr
Btg1 12-28” 5YR 5/8 5YR 7/1 2, m, D C M EXP S-VS, P-VP Vfi
Btg2 28-36”+ 5YR 7/1 5YR 5/8 2, m, D C M EXP VS, VP Vfi

.1940 Landscape Pos/Slope % S
Profile LTAR Ksat test

.1942 Wetness Condition US
System Type
Surface drip

.1943/.1956 Saprolite S

.1944 Restrictive Horizon PS

.1948 Profile Classification PS

Comments: Chroma 2 evident at 14”+. Uneven surface in places, rocks on soil surface in places, trash on soil surface in places. May need
some fill soil in final drainfield area.

PROFILE 3: Ksat Soil Boring #3 Description - (Cut Soil, WsB – White Store sandy loam)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)

Matrix

Mottles

Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
Bt1 0-9” 5YR 5/8 - - C SBK-M SEXP-EXP S, P Fi
Btg2 9-23” 5YR 5/8 5YR 7/1 2, m, D C M EXP VS, VP Vfi
Btg3 23-34” 5YR 7/1 5YR 5/8 2, m, D C M EXP VS, VP Vfi
BC 34-36”+ 5YR 7/1 5YR 5/8 1, m, D CL-C M SEXP-EXP SS-S, SP-P Fi-Vfi

.1940 Landscape Pos/Slope % S
Profile LTAR Ksat test

.1942 Wetness Condition US
System Type
Surface drip

.1943/.1956 Saprolite S

.1944 Restrictive Horizon PS

.1948 Profile Classification PS

Comments: Chroma 2 evident at 11”+. Uneven surface in places, rocks on soil surface in places, trash on soil surface in places. May need
some fill soil in final drainfield area.

EVALUATED BY: Jeff Vaughan
COMMENTS:

LEGEND OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SOIL/SITE EVALUATION FORM

LANDSCAPE POSITION STRUCTURE MOTTLES
CC – Concave Slope G – Single Grain 1 – Few
CV – Convex Slope M – Massive 2 – Common
DS – Debris Slump CR – Crumb 3 – Many
D – Depression GR – Granular
DW – Drainage Way SBK – Subangular Blocky f – Fine
FP – Flood Plain ABK – Angular Blocky m – Medium
FS – Foot Slope PL – Platy c – Coarse
H – Head Slope PR – Prismatic
I – Interfluve (w in front denotes “weak”) F – Faint
L – Linear Slope D – Distinct
N – Nose Slope P – Prominent
P – Pocosin
R – Ridge
S – Shoulder
T – Terrace

MOIST CONSISTENCE WET CONSISTENCE MINERALOLOGY
VFr – Very Friable NS – Non Sticky NEXP – Non Expansive
Fr – Friable SS – Slightly Sticky SEXP – Slightly Expansive
Fi – Firm S – Sticky EXP – Expansive
VFi – Very Firm VS – Very Sticky
EFi – Extremely Firm
NP – Non Plastic
SP – Slightly Plastic
P – Plastic
VP – Very Plastic

TEXTURE GROUP TEXTURE CLASS .1955 LTAR (gal/day/sq.ft.)
I S – Sand 1.2 – 0.8
LS – Loamy Sand

II SL – Sandy Loam 0.8 – 0.6
L – Loam

III SCL – Sandy Clay Loam 0.6 – 0.3
CL – Clay Loam
SiL – Silt Loam
Si – Silt
SiCL – Silty Clay Loam

IV SC – Sandy Clay 0.4 – 0.1
SiC – Silty Clay
C – Clay

ATTACHMENT 7: SFR Loading Rate Computation
Spreadsheets

Project Name:
Facility Address:
County:
Prepared by:
600 gal/dayProject Design Flow =
SFR Loading Rate Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Durham
Torres Residence
6 bedrooms 720 gal/day
Required Flow
5 bedrooms 600 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
480 gal/day4 bedrooms
360 gal/day3 bedrooms
2 bedrooms 240 gal/day
5007 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27703
Jeff Vaughan
SFR-LRW 9-08
1987
2016
30
36.06
32.98 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours / 12 Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January 39.8 0.86 0.81 0.24
February 42.0 0.85 1.17 0.35
March 49.9 1.03 2.83 1.11
April 58.9 1.09 5.25 2.28
May 67.1 1.22 7.85 3.92
June 75.3 1.22 10.79 5.52
July 79.2 1.24 12.29 6.45
August 77.6 1.16 11.67 5.74
September 71.1 1.03 9.24 3.95
October 59.4 0.97 5.40 2.08
November 50.1 0.85 2.88 0.94
December 42.7 0.84 1.30 0.39
Total =71.47 32.98
Starting Year of Data Record:
Ending Year of Data Record:
Potential Evapotranspiration Worksheet (Thornthwaite method)
Project Name:Torres Residence
Location of Temperature Data:Chapel Hill, NC
Calculated PET:
Period of Record (years):
Source of Data:State Climate Office of NC
Site Latitude (degrees)within range
SFR-LRW 9-08
1987
2016
30
53.23
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
January 3.70 7.89 4.20
February 3.26 6.95 3.70
March 4.49 9.58 5.10
April 3.46 7.38 3.93
May 3.60 7.68 4.09
June 3.98 8.49 4.52
July 4.36 9.30 4.95
August 4.27 9.11 4.85
September 5.00 10.66 5.68
October 3.87 8.25 4.39
November 3.35 7.14 3.80
December 3.55 7.57 4.03
Total =46.89 100.00 53.23
SFR Precipitation Worksheet
Torres Residence
Period of Record (years):
Location of Precipitation Data:
Starting Year of Data Record:
Ending Year of Data Record:
Chapel Hill, NC
Project Name:
State Climate Office of NC
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation:
Source of Data:
SFR-LRW 9-08
600 gal/day inch/yr
SFR Loading Rate Group:B
Limiting Soil Ksat =0.026 inch/hour Irrigation Area =
0.170 =acres
Drainage Rate =0.10608 inch/day (Formula: Ksat * Drainage Coefficient * 24)
January 31 0.24 3.29
February 28 0.35 2.97
March 31 1.11 3.29
April 30 2.28 3.18
May 31 3.92 3.29
June 30 5.52 3.18
July 31 6.45 3.29
August 31 5.74 3.29
September 30 3.95 3.18
October 31 2.08 3.29
November 30 0.94 3.18
December 31 0.39 3.29
TOTAL = 365 32.98 38.72
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR-A
SFR-B 219,000 gal/yr
SFR-C
SFR-D
Number of
Days in the
Month
0 0
17,083
0.39217
square ft
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/month)
0
00.00 0
0
SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Project Name:Torres Residence
3.70
Design Flow =
0.00
0.00
Drainage Coefficient =
20.56
Annual Hydraulic
Loading Rate =
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(in/mo)
Vertical
Drainage
(in/mo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(in/mo)
PET
(in/mo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/day)
4.20
3.93 1.54 546 16,370
4.09 3.12 1,072 33,225
5.10
1,486 44,578
4.85 4.18 1,436 44,517
1,644 50,9574.95 4.78
4.39 0.98
4.52 4.19
3.80 0.32 112 3,368
10,432
5.68 1.46 518 15,553
337
Required Flow
7150.40
SFR Loading Rate Table
53.23 20.56 219,000
4.03 0.00 0 0
SFR
Loading
Rate
Group
Maximum Annual Geometric Mean 2 bedrooms
(in/yr)(in/hr)4 bedrooms
240 gal/day 87,600 gal/yr
Loading Rate Ksat Range 3 bedrooms 360 gal/day 131,400 gal/yr
480 gal/day 175,200 gal/yr
Low - High Low - High 5 bedrooms 600 gal/day 219,000 gal/yr
262,800 gal/yr
19.5 - 26.0 0.015 - 0.05 Maximum allowable irrigation:
26.0 - 50.0 >0.05 6 bedrooms 720 gal/day
13.0 - 19.5 0.003 - 0.015 The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow. 0.0 - 13.0 0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix G

Engineering Plans

WW-1
Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Engineers and Soil Scientists
WW-2Engineers and Soil ScientistsAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203Apex, North Carolina 27502919-859-0669www.agriwaste.comEngineers and Soil ScientistsSOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.PROPERTY LAYOUT
WW-3Engineers and Soil ScientistsAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203Apex, North Carolina 27502919-859-0669www.agriwaste.comSOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.TREATMENT SYSTEM LAYOUT
15' BuildingSetback
STBV(2)BV(2)EFConduit Run(typ.)PTSBUVPTo HouseLocate OnNatural Soil SBHWHW50' Property Line S
etback
WW-4Engineers and Soil ScientistsAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203Apex, North Carolina 27502919-859-0669www.agriwaste.comSOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.TREATMENT SYSTEM LAYOUT
General Drainfield Notes:
2.
3.
a
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
30 days prior to the installation, a grid of 10-30 borings shall be taken across the proposed
drainfield to determine areas where fill may be necessary to maintain 12" separation from the
SHWT.
Clear all trees less than 8" in diameter (measured at a height 3' from soil surface) from the
drainfield.
Vegetation that will re —grow from a cut stump shall be stumped or pulled from the ground.
Stumps shall not be pushed over. Remaining stumps may be ground in place with "forestry
cutter" or equivalent.
Drainfield area shall be raked of all leaves, pine straw, debris, etc. The accumulated material
shall be removed from the drainfield.
Mulching and seeding shall be done prior to laying out drip tubing. Seed and straw drainfield
as per project specifications.
Manifold supply and return lines shall be installed with a minimum of 18" cover.
Blanking shall be installed as necessary. A minimum of 5,695' of emitter tubing is required.
To account for potential blanking, the dripfield layout considers 6,835'.
Th f Id t h h II b b kf°II d b h d d t t t t b° t°
SCH 40 PVC Supply Lire
--------- SCH 40 PVC Return Lire
Nola -Emitter L- ne
.......................... Nola-E�aggeu Line, Emitter
• fir Relief Valve
►I Check Valve
BaU Valve
DripD�� Line To
Have 3' Spacing
General Drainfield Lae
Supply Lines
—Air relief valve at top of each zone
Return Lines
—Check valve, ball valve, and air relief valve
at top of each zone
Supply/Return Lines
—Air relief valve at bottom of each zone
—Minimum of 1 check valve every 4 laterals
Install Fence-
j�roun6 grainfield
e mangy o renc es s a e ac I e y an �n or er o pro ec u Ong connec ions. v Cv
Drip line to have 3' spacing. I _ Bv-i
J
Install Fence'
fieldAround pram bacy*1$4 COSet
' a�..........
#%%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Torres Property
WWTS
Owner Information:
Mr. Christofer De Haro Torres
110 Pleasant Drive
Durham, NC 27703
[phone]
[e-mail]
Property Information:
5007 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN# 0863-01-28-7603
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface
Dripfi6d
layout
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
S. Jones
8/20/2019
REVISED BY: I REVISED ON:
RELEASED BY.
SHEET NAME:
RELEASED ON.
(Z SURFACE DRIPFIELD LAYOUT
WW-5 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
24"x36" Sheet
ww-5

MODEL: TS 1500 STB
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
Splice Box
High Level Alarm
High Level
Override
62"
72"
46"
0.21" (typ)
30"28"
41"42.5"
Pump
Vault
Orenco Recirc.
Pump System
Recirc.
Return
Valve
Splice Box
Vent
Redundant Off /
Low Level Alarm
18"
Final
Discharge
Final Discharge
Discharge
(see detail)
32.5" Exterior Invert
(35" is Actual Invert
of Outlet, see detail)
Vent
Liquid Level
Invert
(35" from Bottom
of Tank)
Discharge
Not To Scale
Discharge Detail
®
Control Panel Detail
Not To Scale
VeriComm
Control Panel
102"
Discharge Chamber - End ViewAX25 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Side View
Recirc.
Transfer
Line
Recirc Pump
Vault
Recirc.
Blend
Recirc.
Filtrate
Start-up And Service To Be Performed By
An AdvanTex Trained Service Provider
AX25 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Top View
SEPTIC TANK DETAIL (or equivalent)
SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.N.T.S.
WW-6
PUMP TANK DETAIL (or equivalent tank with 1-day emergency storage)
SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.N.T.S.
AX25-RT ADVANTEX TREATMENT SYSTEM - FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
N.T.S.SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
Engineers and Soil ScientistsEngineers and Soil Scientists
Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Engineers and Soil Scientists
FENCE DETAIL (or equivalent)
FLOWFLOWFLOWFLEXIBLE PIPE(GLUED INTO MANIFOLD)ADAPTER PERC-RITEDRIPLINEPVC REDUCING TEE(ROTATED TO ~45°)PVC MANIFOLD PERC-RITEDRIPLINEADAPTERFLEXIBLE PIPEPVC TEE'S ON SUPPLY& RETURN MANIFOLDS(ROTATED AT ~45°)18"12"USE TRENCH SIDES TOSUPPORT FLEXIBLE PIPETRENCHBOTTOMBACKFILLSEPARATIONPERC-RITE DRIPLINEPERC-RITE DRIPLINE*NO BLANK DRIPLINE REQUIRED ON 3' SPACINGWW-7Engineers and Soil ScientistsAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203Apex, North Carolina 27502919-859-0669www.agriwaste.comHEADWORKS BOX TOP LAYER - TOP VIEWHEADWORKS BOX BOTTOM LAYER - TOP VIEWAIR RELEASE VALVE DETAILDRIP LINE LOOP DETAILTYPICAL DRIP LINE INSTALLATIONSUPPLY AND RETURN LINE CONNECTION DETAILTYPICAL DRAINFIELD CONFIGURATION (for illustration only)
WW-8
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Engineers and Soil Scientists
SOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.NTS
SOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
SYSTEM PROFILE VIEW
SYSTEM ELEVATIONS
CONTROL
PANEL
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
4X6 TREATED POST
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
MOUNT PANEL DIRECTLY
TO POSTS OR TO ALUMINUM
PLATE (GRIND OFF
PROTRUDING SCREWS)
COVER CONDUIT
MINIMUM 18"
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
GRAVEL
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
2'
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
TO HEADWORKS
(min.)
RAIN SENSOR
FLOW DIAGRAM
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.N.T.S.
WW-9
CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S.SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Engineers and Soil ScientistsEngineers and Soil Scientists
Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Engineers and Soil Scientists
FRESHWATER SPIGOT DETAIL
ZONE SUMMARYDISCHARGE ASSEMBLY
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.N.T.S.
RISER & SAFETY NET
·
·
·
WW-10
Engineers and Soil ScientistsEngineers and Soil Scientists
Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Engineers and Soil Scientists
SM-1Engineers and Soil ScientistsAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203Apex, North Carolina 27502919-859-0669www.agriwaste.comEngineers and Soil ScientistsSOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.SITE MAP

Appendix H

System Specifications

b� `
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Torres Property WWTS
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Chatham County
Project Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
\��ttuiuU///
O•'oF�ss'o•'�2
a SEAL r•
045605
SEAL:
0 r P.* JON�
Client: Christofer De Haro Torres
110 Pleasant Drive
Durham, NC 27703
Property Location: 5007 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27704
PIN# 0863-01-28-7603
Durham County
Project Engineer: Scott P. ]ones, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Date: October 1, 2019

Table of Contents

1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
1.2 Site Description
1.3 Adjacent Property
1.4 Soils and Water Table
2.0 Material Management Practices
2.1 Housekeeping
2.2 Hazardous Products
2.3 Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4 Spill Control Practices
3.0 Site Work
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3 Removal of Topsoil
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5.5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0 Installer Specification
5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
5.2 Piping
5.3 Electrical Requirements
6.0 Component Specifications
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2 Access Risers
6.3 Drain Line
6.4 Pumps
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6 UV Disinfection
6.7 Control Panel
6.8 Drip Components and Fence
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
1.0. General Project Specifications

1.1 Project Description

The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface dripfield to
accommodate wastewater from a five-bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV disinfection,
pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface drip irrigation system covers
approximately 0.46 acres.

1.2 Site Description

The project site consists of property located at 5007 Redwood Road Drive, Durham, NC. The
residence will be located t o the south of Redwood Road in the north-central portion of the
property. The drip field will be located in the north portion of the property area to the south of
Redwood Road. There are no setback waivers considered for this property. The location of the
treatment unit and dripfield are shown on the system drawings.

1.3 Adjacent Property

The surrounding area at the residence site is rural and occupied by primarily undeveloped land and
single-family residences. The dripfield is to be located a minimum of 100’ from any off-site residence
and 50' from any property line or public right-of-way.

1.4 Soils and Water Table

The soil in the project area is predominately a complex of the White Store soil series and is above the
groundwater table.

2.0. Material Management Practices

The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.

2.1 Housekeeping

The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.

 An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
 All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
 Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer’s label.
 Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
 Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
 Manufacturer’s recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
 The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.

2.2 Hazardous Products

These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:

 Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re-sealable.
 Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
 If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer’s or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.

2.3 Product Safety Practices

The following product safety practices will be followed on site:

2.3.1 Petroleum Products

All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are clearly
labeled.

2.3.2 Fertilizers

Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.

2.4 Spill Control Practices

The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
 Manufacturer’s recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
 Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
 All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
 The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective clothing
to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
 Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
 The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
 , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0. Site Work

The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a common
area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small footprint
of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However, contractor shall
follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the system.

3.1 Construction Roads and Parking

Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top-
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff-producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment-producing areas should be
treated immediately.

3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection

Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.

- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.

- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1 below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.

- Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.

Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.

Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls from
tree.

To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil

MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:

- Texture- loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay loam,
and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck as
topsoil.
- Organic matter content- (sometimes referred to as “humic matter”) should be greater than
1.5% by weight.
- Acidity- pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
- Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
- Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets the
other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good topsoil.
They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.

STRIPPING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put sediment
basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.

STOCKPILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re-spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small piles
located near areas where they will be used.

- Sediment barriers- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
- Temporary seeding- Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible,
no more than 21 calendar days after the formation of the stockpile
- Permanent vegetation- If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.

SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions, and
berms as needed.

- Grading- Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and do
not alter them by adding topsoil.
- Limit of subsoil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
- Roughening- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.

SPREADING TOPSOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil while
it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the surface
that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or water
pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but avoid
excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with a roller
is recommended where high-maintenance turf is to be established.

On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.

3.4 Addition of Fill Material

MATERIALS
The final fill material will accept wastewater application not to exceed 0.20 inches per hour. Fill
material will be placed and graded to provide a slope that matches the natural grade of 2-6%. Fill
material, as approved by a Licensed Soil Scientist (L.S.S.), shall meet the following guidelines:

1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris, twigs,
sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: loamy
sand, sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a
third-party testing laboratory if necessary.

APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8” or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.
2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12” separation to the SHWT.
3) Fill is to be applied at the 6-inch depth over the footprint of the drip irrigation field in
multiple lifts if necessary.
4) Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur, however, this tillage should not
exceed 8 inches below the natural soil surface.
5) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
6) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
7) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade with 1-7% slopes to
provide uniform drainage.
8) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
9) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can provide
more guidance on tree protection).
10) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable fo r the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15. Once
final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 280-300 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 51 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.

FERTILITY ANALYSIS
Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.

3.5 Permanent Seeding

3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.

To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a growth
medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:

- Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient supply
(available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
- Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
- Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeper than 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
- A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
- Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.

If any of the above criteria are not met (i.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.

3.5.2 SOIL CONDITIONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make them poor
for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.

- Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed-
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh-water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months after
excavation.
- Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
- Vermiculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
- Rotted manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.

3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION
Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.

 Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if available.
 Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep.
 Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
 Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
 Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6 inches
deep.
 Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
 Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).

Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or ot her
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.

Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.

3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer’s seeding mixture specifications are designated as “best” or
“possible”. Seedings properly carried out within the “best” dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under “possible” may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land-disturbing activities.

Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the North
Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and should
bear an official “Certified Seed” label.

Labeling of non-certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing “prohibited” noxious weed seed.

Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop-type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.

When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding rate.

When using broadcast-seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).

Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker to
provide good seed contact.

3.5.5 IRRIGATION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can be
very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover. Assess
the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.

Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.

3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used mulches
and some alternatives.

Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:

- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.

3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORGANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.

Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft2, and place 70-90 lb of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution (See Table below). After spreading mulch,
no more than 25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a green dye,
added to the slurry, assures a uniform application.

3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation.
Rye (grain) may be used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at
15 lb/acre before applying mulch.

3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover
or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.

Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.

Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification

- Installer to maintain Class IV installer License per NCOWCICB.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.

5.0 Material Specifications

5.1 Concrete Tanks

All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.

5.2 Piping

All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non-pressure drain lines can be DWV.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.

5.3 Electrical Requirements

Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)

6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)

- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a “jumping jack” style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.

6.2 Access Risers

- Install risers per manufacturer’s specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.

6.3 Drain Line

- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV.
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.

6.4 Pumps

- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.

6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit

- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.

6.6 UV Disinfection

- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).

6.7 Control Panel

- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.

6.8 Drip Field

- Install drip field per system drawings.
- Drip field shall be cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation by hand or with small
tracked equipment.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.

6.9 Irrigation Headworks

- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.





<

#


MODEL: TS 1500 STBNON TRAFFIC1500 Gallon Septic Tank
Ul m
CIA ()
N —
Q
.
-T1 Q0
Q
O "
Q �
A
V
N
lQ
lQ
Q (D
Q
!t
Q
Q
Cl)
lQ
1
A
Q
CD
m
h
r o
Q.QA
x
O
'A
(D
Q
1
O Q
Q (D
Q
�
'
r
1
1
Q
n
(D 3
-t. O
� O
£
1
m
(n
(n
Q
UI A
1
3
A cn
0.3
,'
o
Z
n
o
—
Q
�
(D
ci
N
A
Q 3
CQ
w
0 O
—h CY)
O y�
a
3 Q
D�
N A
�zn
—
O O
A
A
QO ti
N A
O
Q <
O
=5 (D
<
Q fTl
I
_
Q
CD
CD Lo
O �
Cl)
(D
(D (D
- �
,+
O
Q (�D
O
77
=5 Q
Q '
tQ
O
(Q
Cl) lQ
CD
(D
I
Q
3
I
I
!1�
A
I .0 m
m r
m l
Z
o
Z
CQ
\ Z I l
I
m
oo I �omD
c ��d
3 mr?0
�,>mx D
D
O
£
U
M" I ZC�Dp(--)D
� o I>Ox.
TI0
(Q
rr3i���70-Zvi
"D70
s�' mZ��
W
c�r�I
A
U
1
Z�0 �o
m ���mm���G
o o �riri
'>Q Q'W DAD
r
1
(D
=
J
1
r m �r
A o� Cn I
'3S
M --4
Q_
ro N U
z
Zoo I CDmn
n OD
N Q V NNxm
m
30
o N_
m0 Ll Clo R -0 m
I `per
V1
`+ <+ OD (.n V � �
fV
-u CD
Z Z 4:
mx, o
n
o n ry ao � c�
a ON �Lrl
c
��
U
Dy�N
C :O V) W r o
Z
O
0 V) Z 3 UI r
-
C
N M (7) N
N
A
A
C� I
N t0
W
�l
77

Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1
PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Technical Data Sheet
General
Orenco’s PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part-quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt-
down kit. The bolt-down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco’s ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADH100,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Standard Models
PRTA24, PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter ABS
Concrete anchors Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions* PRTA24 PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm) 23.38 (594) 29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm) 26.75 (679) 34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm) 2.00 (51) 2.50 (64)
D - Vertical flange height, in. (mm) 3.50 (89) 3.25 (83)
*The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness.
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
A
B
C
D Side view
Top view
Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra-Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra-Rib)
PRTA
ABS riser tank adapter
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1
Access Risers – Ultra-Rib™
Technical Data Sheet
General
Orenco Ultra-Rib™ Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in. diameter risers. Orenco Ultra-Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe-cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field
Standard Models
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Product Code Diagram
Applications
Orenco’s Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Specifications
Model RR12XX RU18XX RR21XX RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm) 11.74 (298) 17.65 (448) 20.50 (521) 23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm) 0.10 (3) 0.19 (5) 0.25 (6) 0.25 (6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm) 13.13 (334) 19.44 (494) 22.63 (575) 25.63 (651)
Weight, lbs per ft (kg per m) 5 (7.4) 11 (16.4) 15 (22.3) 19 (28.3)
Materials of Construction
Ultra-Rib™ PVC Pipe: PVC
R ++
Riser diameter:
12 = 12-in. (300-mm)*
18 = 18-in. (450-mm)*
21 = 21-in. (525-mm)
24 = 24-in. (600-mm)
Riser type code:
R = 12-in. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-Rib™ pipe, all diameters
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser, Ultra-Rib™
* Not intended for use over pump vaults
† Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
‡ For Class I Division I environments
Splice box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank = no grommet or splice box
or
S = grommet installed,1-in. (25-mm), fits SB1-SB4
L = grommet installed,1¼-in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX = hole drilled for Orenco® external splice box†
or
S1 = grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2 = grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3 = grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4 = grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5 = grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6 = grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
XS = grommet and simplex explosion-proof splice box installed‡
XD = grommet and duplex explosion-proof splice box installed‡
XT = grommet and triplex explosion-proof splice box installed‡
Discharge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 1¼ (32)
15 = 1½ (38)
20 = 2 (50)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 7
PVC Riser Installation
Instructions
1
2
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast-In Orenco® Riser-Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser-to-tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser-to-tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
Instruction Set ................................................................................Page
1. Riser Preparation ..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation ...............................................................................2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters .................................................................3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters ....................4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-Diameter (600-mm) Risers ...................................5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing ..........................................................................6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities ......................................................................7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling — This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2: Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw.
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser-cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank’s top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
Determine riser height
3 inches (75 mm)
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 7
PVC Riser Installation PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren’t available, use Drawing 1b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don’t grind too deeply — about 1⁄16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet’s outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IPS pipe size) Hole saw size
1/2 1
3/4 1-1/4
1 1-9/16
1-1/4 1-3/4
1-1/2 2-1/8
2 2-3/4
3 3-7/8
4 5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
Grommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o’clock)
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o’clock)
1b
2a
2a
3a
3b
RKHS hole saws
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 7
PVC Riser Installation PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note: If you’re using a methacrylate adhesive that’s non-self-leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT: Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser’s watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Cutaway view of Orenco® PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24-inch (600-mm) access
riser attached
Riser adapter
channel
1b
2
3b
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 7
PVC Riser Installation PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast-in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted-down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step 3c: Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser-adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser-adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT: Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser’s watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
1b
2
3b
3c
3d
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 7
PVC Riser Installation PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (3785-L through 7570-L), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren’t completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT: Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser’s watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(1890-L) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000-gal. (3785-L)
tank with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
3b
3b
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 6 of 7
PVC Riser Installation PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT: A watertight tank and watertight riser-to-tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer’s instructions – typically to the tank’s midpoint.
Step 1b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser-to-tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer’s recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser-to-tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser-to-tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
Tank brim
Access riser
1c Watertightness test
2 in.
(51 mm)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 7 of 7
PVC Riser Installation PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser-tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120
300/300-mL cartridge
(600-mL total)
SA510
300/300-mL cartridge
(600-mL total)
MA320
7-oz (200-mL)
packet
IPS 810
1-pint (473-mL)
1-quart (946-mL)
ADH100
10.2-oz (300-mL) tube
Grommets n/a n/a n/a n/a various quantities
Riser Tank
Adapters
FRTA36 1 cartridge*1 cartridge*n/a n/a n/a
PRTA24 ½ cartridge*½ cartridge*1 packet n/a 1 tube
PRTA24-2 > ½ cartridge*> ½ cartridge*n/a < 1 pint n/a
PRTA30 < 1 cartridge*< 1 cartridge*2 packets n/a 2 tubes
RRFTA24 ½ cartridge*½ cartridge*1 packet n/a 1 tube
RRFTA30 1 cartridge*1 cartridge*2 packets n/a n/a
* Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Technical Data Sheet
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 1
DuraFiber™ Access Lids
Applications
Orenco® DuraFiber™ Access Lids provide a secure, damage-resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-Loc™ pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser-Lid-Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use Orenco’s FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin-infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat-style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush-to-
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded-in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 5⁄16-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Product Code Diagram
FLD
Insulation:*
Blank = no insulation
I2 = 2-inch (50-mm) insulation installed
I4 = 4-inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank = no vent or filter options
V = vent
CF = carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank = no gasket
Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 = 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber™ fiberglass lid
* Insulation has an R-value of 10 per 2-inch (50-mm) increment.
Color and logo options:
Blank = green color lid
B = brown color lid
C = custom logo
ATX = AdvanTex® logo
W = warning label
Materials of Construction:
Lid Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket Urethane
Centering ring core Structural foam
Mounting hardware Stainless steel
Insulation (optional) Closed-cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware Stainless steel
Specifications
Model FLD24XX FLD30XX
A in. (mm) 26 (660) 33 (838)
B, in. (mm) 1½ (38) 1½ (38)
C, in. (mm) 23¼ (590) 29¼ (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm) ¾ (19) ¾ (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) 5⁄16 (8) 5⁄16 (8)
Weight, lbs (kg) 11 (5) 20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid 4 4
B
A
C
Technical Data Sheet
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 2
External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco® External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 - 11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole-cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
SBEX1-4 -
External splice box
Blank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (Type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct-bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct-bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEX1-4-P
Product Code Diagram
The External Splice Box is molded
of a UL (f1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 2 of 2
Technical Data Sheet
Materials of Construction
Splice box PVC alloy
Cord grips Nylon
Cord grip plugs EPDM rubber
O-rings Buna rubber
Conduit hub plug PVC per ASTM D-1784
4-in. (100-mm) grommet* EPDM rubber
* Grommet not shown in illustration below
Physical Specifications
Volume 100 in.3 (1639 cm3)
Cord grips 4 per SBEX
Cord grip plugs 3 per SBEX
Cord diameters 0.170- 0.470 in. (4.3 - 11.9 mm)
accommodated
Conduit hubs 2
Conduit hub plug 1
Conduit sizes ¾ in., 1 in. (with coupling), ½ in. (with fitting or bell end)
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole-cutting template included
4.5 in.
(114 mm)
5.24 in.(133 mm)
8.25 in. (133 mm)
Optional
divider
Cord grip
plate
Optional
divider
Conduit
hubs (2)
Threaded
cap
Cord grips
(4)
Cord grip
plugs (3)
Conduit
hub plug (1)
ST SECURN NEi
24'
57L
r
""7/
m d•m«e
W � SrF-R824B 5EGMENiE0 R15ER
so
FEATURES
s Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
s• Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N 30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-CI24 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-RB24B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
U.S. Patent Pending STF-APL24B page 14
PAGE
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.com 111

Septic Tank Effluent Filter
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2
8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Technical Data Sheet
Applications
Orenco® 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube® Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco® 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube® Effluent Filters* are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A “base
inlet” model (see p. 2) is available for low-profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
Note: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
* Orenco® Biotube® Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U.S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36, FT1254-36, FT1554-36, FT0822-14B, FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
Materials of Construction
Vault PVC
Pipe coupling PVC
Handle components PVC
Support coupling and bracket PVC
Biotube® cartridge Polypropylene and polyethylene
Side viewCutaway view
Vault
Pipe coupling
Inlet holes
Support coupling
Support bracket
Biotubes
Alarm float assembly
(ordered separately)
Handle assembly
36FT
Filter mesh option:
Blank = 1⁄8-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P = 1⁄16-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Float switch bracket and slide rail options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
R = slide rail installed†
Biotube® effluent filter
* Minimum liquid level (MLL) information:
48-in. (1219-mm) housing for MLL of 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in. (1372-mm) housing for MLL of 47-63 in. (1194-1600 mm)
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MLL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MLL of 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
† For 12- and 15-in. (300- and 375-mm) only; use slide rail option
when only one access is available for the filter chamber
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
36 = 36 (914), standard
-
Housing height*, in. (mm):
48 = 48 (1219)
54 = 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 08 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
22 14 BFT
Filter mesh option:
Blank = 1⁄8-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P = 1⁄16-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Float switch bracket and overflow plate options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FSO = overflow plate installed
Biotube® effluent filter
Base inlet model
Filter housing height, in. (mm):
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
14 = 14 (356), standard
-
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Technical Data Sheet
A
E
B
5 in.
DC
Standard model
B
A D E
Base inlet model
1.5-in.
Specifications
Model FT0854-36 FT0822-14B FT1254-36 FT1254-36AR FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in. 36 14 36 36 36
B - Nominal diameter, in. 8 8 12 12 15
C - Inlet hole height*, in. 22 n/a† 22 22 22
D - Vault base to invert height, in. 38 13 38 38 38
E - Vault height 54 22 54 54 54
Number of inlet holes 8 n/a 8 8 8
Inlet hole diameter, in. 1.375 n/a 1.375 1.375 1.375
Number of discharge orifices 2 1 1 1 1
Discharge orifice diameter, in. 1.125 1.750 2 2 2
Pipe coupling diameter, in. 4 4 4 4 4
Number of air vents 1 1 1 1 1
Air vent diameter, in. 0.75 1.750 0.75 0.75 0.75
Filter surface area‡, ft2 14.6 6.0 30.0 30.0 50.5
Flow area**, ft2 4.4 1.8 9.0 9.0 15.2
* Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65-75% of the minimum liquid level.
† No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
‡ Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individual Biotubes® within the filter cartridge.
** Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Biotubes within the filter cartridge.
12-in. to 15-in.
models
8-in.
models
8-in. base
inlet models
Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent
Discharge orifice(s)
Biotube®Effluent Filters
The Biotube Effluent Filter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
1. Test-fit the effluent filter on the 4” out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble-
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank’s solids
content is being pumped-out.
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 1 of 4
Installation Instructions (continued)
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4” schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Either use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4” pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 2 of 4
3. Once the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter’s
4” outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
Installation Instructions (continued)
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
Maintenance Instructions:
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 3 of 4
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVC to the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions (continued)
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank: Size:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
Date
inspected
Cleaned?
yes no notes:
5. Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2
AdvanTex® AX-RT Treatment Systems
Technical Data Sheet
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube® effluent filter*, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion-proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts.
Standard Models
AX20RT-MODE1A, AX20RT-MODE1B/10, AX20RT-MODE1B/30
AX25RT-MODE1A, AX25RT-MODE1B/10, AX25RT-MODE1B/30
Product Code Diagram NS
F/ANSI STAND A R D 40 AdvanTex® Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
AX RT
Float switch options:
Blank = mercury float switches
MVF = non-mercury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options:
Blank = 120 V
230 = 230 V
UV disinfection unit option (AX20-RT only):
Blank = no UV disinfection unit
UV = AXUV disinfection unit
AXRT-series treatment unit
Cold weather options:
Blank = standard lid
UCW = ultra-cold weather package
Discharge pump options:
Blank = no discharge pump
10 = 10 gpm (0.6 L/sec) pump 20 = 20 gpm (1.3 L/sec) pump
30 = 30 gpm (1.9 L/sec) pump 50 = 50 gpm (3.2 L/sec) pump
Nominal treatment area:
20 = 20 ft2 (1.8 m2)
25 = 25 ft2 (2.3 m2)
AdvanTex® Treatment System
----/
Treatment mode:
MODE1A = mode 1, gravity discharge MODE3A = mode 3, gravity discharge
MODE1B = mode 1, pump discharge MODE3B = mode 3, pump discharge
NSF approval option:
Blank = standard AdvanTex® system
N = NSF-certified AdvanTex® system
Applications
Orenco’s AdvanTex® AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
Product image is for illustrative purposes only.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Technical Data Sheet
AdvanTex AX-RT side view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
AdvanTex AX-RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
12
12
12
9
9
5
5
13
13
8
4
4
11
11
7
3
3
10
6
6
2
1
1
Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
12. Splice box
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube® effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown)
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions**
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
Width, in. (mm) 62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm) 72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2) 44 (4.11)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (m2) 20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight AX20-RT AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, lb (kg) 883 (400) 908 (412)
Pump discharge model, lb (kg) 923 (419) 948 (430)
* Not to be sold individually in the state of Georgia.
** Nominal values provided. See AdvanTex® Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
Installation
Manual
1-800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com
AdvanTex®
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 2
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
How To Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 2
Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 4
Installation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 6
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 6
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (If Needed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9
Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 10
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 10
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 11
Step 10: Install Effluent Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 11
Step 11: Connect Tank-to-Unit Transport Line(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 11
Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 12
Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 12
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 12
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 13
Step 16: Complete Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 15
How To Use This Manual
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
••Installation Overview — This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
••Installation Steps — This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy-to-see visuals:
IMPORTANT — These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
Key Points — These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
Notes — These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 3
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and “hassle-free” as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RT™ treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex® Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will be void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You’ll save time and money on
installation day, and you’ll get fewer call-backs.
Key Point: Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
IMPORTANT: The backwash discharge from a salt-type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system’s warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note: All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
••The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour-in-place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
••The tank must be structurally sound.
••The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
••The tank must have an at-grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn’t, an at-grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
••The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
••An Orenco effluent filter (model FTS0444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
Key Point: For existing septic tanks — the tank’s depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1%) from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 4
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Standard Unit Components And Functions
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube® Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system’s operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent “micro-doses,” which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
1
1 2
3
3
4
5
9
7
8
6
2
6
7
8
10 11
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
10
Side view, septic tank
Top view, septic tank
Side view, AX-RT unit
Top view, AX-RT unit
Standard Components (AX20RT-MODE1B shown):
3
1
4
5
2
Septic tank inlet tee
Biotube® effluent filter
AX-RT inlet and tee
Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
Recirc-transfer line
8
6
9
10
7
Tank baffle
Treatment tank (recirc/filtrate chamber)
Recirc-pump system
Textile media
Manifold and spin nozzles
13
11
14
15
12
Discharge pumping system
AX-RT outlet
Passive air vent
Splice box
Control panel, not shown
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 5
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank-to-riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
Key Point: The tank and tank-to-riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit’s midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 6
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
Key Point: If you’re installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step 1a: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn’t, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer’s specifications:
Key Points:
••Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
••A minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is required
from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet.
••The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
••The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
••If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
••If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
••If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
Key Points:
••Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for excavating the tank area.
••A minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is
required from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit’s invert
of the inlet.
2a
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank’s invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet are included.
Cleanout
Control
panelResidence
Septic tank
Outlet
riser
AX-RT unit
Passive vent
Discharge to
drainfield1b
4-ft
(minimum distance)
3 ft
1/8
in.
fall
5 ft
14 ft
Splice
boxes
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 7
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
2c
Installation Steps
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
Key Points:
••Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for bedding the tank.
••If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-in. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
••For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over-excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-in.
(152-mm) compacted base of ≤ ½- to ≤ ¾-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
••For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
••If you have doubt about the soil’s stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (If Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
••Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install Orenco’s
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (2000-L through 7570-L) Fiberglass Tanks.
IMPORTANT: Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
Key Points:
••The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
••A minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is required
from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 8
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
IMPORTANT: Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the unit’s lid.
Key Points:
••A minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is required
from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet.
••The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
••If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
••If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
••If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
••Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
••Deadmen are required if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a “bathtub” effect.
Note: This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
••If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
4b
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
5a
18-24 in .
(460-600 mm)
12 in . (300 mm)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 9
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes:
••We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
••PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. × 4-ft
long (300-mm × 1200-mm long) PVC half-pipe or chamber material.
••Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide × 6 in.
tall × 4 ft long (300-mm × 150-mm × 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s)
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer’s instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
IMPORTANT: Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
Key Points:
••Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> ¾-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use ≤ ¾ inch (≤ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free-flowing, and free of debris.
••Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6f: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
IMPORTANT:
Do not backfill around the unit
unless the lid is bolted down!
6
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 10
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
••Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
••Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
••Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
••Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
••Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
Key Points:
••Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank’s inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit’s
return line.
••The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
••Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
••Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
••Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
••Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
••After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
••After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note: Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank-to-riser adapter seams for watertightness.
••Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
Key Points:
••Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank-
to-riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
••Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer’s instructions for water-
tightness testing.
See Orenco’s PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters.
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
7b
7b
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 11
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
9a
Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10: Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 10a: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
••Orenco’s FTS0444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 10b: Dry test-fit the effluent filter on the septic tank’s outlet pipe.
Key Points:
••Make sure the filter is plumb.
••Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 10c: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
••Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
••Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 10d: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of ¾-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT
Step 11a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
Key Point: Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per ft (10
mm per m or 1%) from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet.
Step 11b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
IMPORTANT: Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
••Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank’s inlet riser.
••To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
Confirm a minimum fall of 1⁄8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1%) from the septic tank’s invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit’s invert of the inlet.
10
11
1/8 inch minimum fall
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 12
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
Key Points:
••Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
••Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of ¼ inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
••Make sure there are no “bellies” in the line that can collect water.
••Make sure the vent’s top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes:
••The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
••The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
Key Points:
••This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
••Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop wall! The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
Key Points:
••Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
••Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service-friendly location.
14b
Wire control panel.
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit.
12
Passive air vent
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 13
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
IMPORTANT: Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
Key Points:
••Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
••Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
Note: To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different-colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test
IMPORTANT: Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump “AUTO/OFF/MAN” switch to “MAN” for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
IMPORTANT: Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT’s recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump “AUTO/OFF/MAN” switch to “MAN” and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note: If the manifold won’t pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point: Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump “AUTO/OFF/MAN” switch to “OFF.”
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump “AUTO/OFF/MAN” switch to “AUTO.”
15a
15e
Install
pressure
gauge
Adjust
gate valve
15f
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
15b
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 14
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont.
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOM™ control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in “Test Mode.” If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber’s float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid-level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
••If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 15l.
••If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
••If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of “Test Mode” and go to step 15o.
IMPORTANT: Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT’s discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15l: Toggle the discharge pump’s “AUTO/OFF/MAN” switch to “MAN”
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump’s “AUTO/OFF/MAN” switch to “AUTO.”
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber’s float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid-level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
••For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of “Test
Mode.”
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump’s
“AUTO/OFF/MAN” switches are toggled to “AUTO.”
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 15
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Step 16: Complete Backfilling
Key Points:
••When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
••Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit’s lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer’s guidelines for backfilling.
Step16b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
Key Points:
••Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> ¾-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use ≤ ¾-in. (≤ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free-flowing, and free of debris.
••For installations in non-cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use ¾-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
••Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Key Points:
••The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
••After backfilling, call the system’s Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit’s lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank’s access lids are secured.
16b
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
Maintain minimum 1/8 in .
(10 mm or 1%) slope
2 in . (50 mm)
above final grade
* As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content . Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry . Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay . Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling . For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive .
1-800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Orenco Systems®, Inc.
Installation
Manual
AdvanTex®
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
NS
F/ANSI STAND A R D 40 NSF®
AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 40 for Class I Systems.

UV Component
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UV-OSI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit
Technical Data Sheet
Applications
The Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cBOD5
and TSS) when disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side-by-side NSF® testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes with a power ballast and a
lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
UV unit’s electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
nally, outside of the wet well.
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick-disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-125/31-UVIB, UV-125/31-UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
Orenco ® UVIB
control panel
(shown open)
Cord grip
Power cord
Outlet
Vented lamp
handle
Contact
chamber
Teflon® sleeve
UV lamp
Flow-through
spacer
Inlet
3-in. (80-mm)
quick-disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
31UV125
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub-panel for use with separate control panel
---/
Orenco UV disinfection unit
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 = 125 µW/cm2
Power cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
UL-recognized
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UV-OSI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Technical Data Sheet
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Side Cutaway View)
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
Orenco UVIB Control Panel
(Shown Opened)
CA
F
E
D
B
Materials of Construction
Panel enclosure UV-resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
Cord grip Nylon
Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 black ABS
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
Other fittings Black ABS
Quick-disconnect Black ABS
coupling
1½-in. IPS outlet Black ABS
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon®
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5 (240)
Depth 5.4 (135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 DN)
D 42.25 (1073)
E 38.56 (979)
F 34.50 (876)
Inlet-to-outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber 276,000 mW·s/cm2 at 1 gpm (0.06 L/sec)
UV dose (65% trans- 55,000 mW·s/cm2 at 5 gpm (0.32 L/sec)
mittance, 20% lamp 28,000 mW·s/cm2 at 10 gpm (0.63 L/sec)
degradation)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 mW·s/cm2.
Lamp 31 inches (787 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm UVC intensity at 1m
is 125 mW/cm2.
Power cord 600V, 18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four-pin connector, lampholder,
electric discharge, 1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
Orenco® control panel
Audible alarm* 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble-tone sound
Visual alarm* 7⁄8-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, “Push-to-
silence.” UL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
Circuit breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single-pole 120 V*.
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
* UVIB control panels only

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 5
PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps
Technical Data Sheet
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with low TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion-resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field-
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco’s Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube® pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run-dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance*
• Patented 1⁄8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEAL™ floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 gpm
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 L/sec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 gpm (3.2 and 4.7 L/sec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SOOW 600-V motor cable
* Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kW) models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
Product Code Diagram
PF -
Nominal flow, gpm (L/sec):
10 = 10 (0.6) 15 = 15 (1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
Pump, PF Series
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Horsepower (kW):
03 = 1⁄3 hp (0.25) 05 = ½ hp (0.37)
07 = ¾ hp (0.56) 10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1½ hp (1.11) 20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24) 50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Cord length, ft (m):‡
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal check valve
CV = internal check valve†
* ½-hp (0.37kW) only
† Available for 10 gpm (0.6 L/sec), 1/2 hp (0.37 kW) only
‡ Note: 20-ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1½ hp
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
Franklin
Liquid End
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
Suction Connection
LR80980
LR2053896
Powered by
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 5
Technical Data Sheet
Specifications
Pump Model
PF100511 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.7 12.7 6 1 ¼ in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF100511CV 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.7 12.7 6 1 ¼ in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF100512 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.3 6.3 6 1 ¼ in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF10053200 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.8 3.8 6 1 ¼ in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF100712 4, 5 10 (0.6) 0.75 (0.56) 1 230 240 8.3 8.3 8 1 ¼ in. GFP 25.9 (658) 17 (432) 30 (14) 300
PF10073200 4, 5 10 (0.6) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 5.1 5.2 8 1 ¼ in. GFP 25.4 (645) 17 (432) 31 (14) 300
PF101012 5, 6 10 (0.6) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.6 9.6 9 1 ¼ in. GFP 27.9 (709) 18 (457) 33 (15) 100
PF10103200 5, 6 10 (0.6) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.5 5.5 9 1 ¼ in. GFP 27.3 (693) 18 (457) 37 (17) 300
PF102012 5, 6, 7, 8 10 (0.6) 2.00 (1.49) 1 230 240 12.1 12.1 18 1 ¼ in. SS 39.5 (1003) 22 (559) 48 (22) 100
PF102032 5, 6, 8 10 (0.6) 2.00 (1.49) 3 230 240 7.5 7.6 18 1 ¼ in. SS 37.9 (963) 20 (508) 44 (20) 300
PF10203200 5, 6, 8 10 (0.6) 2.00 (1.49) 3 200 208 8.7 8.7 18 1 ¼ in. SS 37.9 (963) 20 (508) 44 (20) 300
PF150311 15 (1.0) 0.33 (0.25) 1 115 120 8.7 8.8 3 1 ¼ in. GFP 19.5 (495) 15 (380) 23 (10) 300
PF150312 15 (1.0) 0.33 (0.25) 1 230 240 4.4 4.5 3 1 ¼ in. GFP 19.5 (495) 15 (380) 23 (10) 300
PF200511 20 (1.3) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.3 12.5 4 1 ¼ in. GFP 22.3 (566) 18 (457) 25 (11) 300
PF200512 20 (1.3) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.4 6.5 4 1 ¼ in. GFP 22.5 (572) 18 (457) 26 (12) 300
PF20053200 20 (1.3) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.7 3.8 4 1 ¼ in. GFP 22.3 (566) 18 (457) 26 (12) 300
PF201012 4, 5 20 (1.3) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.5 10.5 7 1 ¼ in. GFP 28.4 (721) 20 (508) 33 (15) 100
PF20103200 4, 5 20 (1.3) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.8 5.9 7 1 ¼ in. GFP 27.8 (706) 20 (508) 33 (15) 300
PF201512 4, 5 20 (1.3) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.4 12.6 9 1 ¼ in. GFP 34.0 (864) 24 (610) 41 (19) 100
PF20153200 4, 5 20 (1.3) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.1 7.2 9 1 ¼ in. GFP 30.7 (780) 20 (508) 35 (16) 300
PF300511 30 (1.9) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 11.8 11.8 3 1 ¼ in. GFP 21.3 (541) 20 (508) 28 (13) 300
PF300512 30 (1.9) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.2 6.2 3 1 ¼ in. GFP 21.3 (541) 20 (508) 25 (11) 300
PF30053200 30 (1.9) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.6 3.6 3 1 ¼ in. GFP 21.3 (541) 20 (508) 25 (11) 300
PF300712 30 (1.9) 0.75 (0.56) 1 230 240 8.5 8.5 5 1 ¼ in. GFP 24.8 (630) 21 (533) 29 (13) 300
PF30073200 30 (1.9) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 5 1 ¼ in. GFP 24.6 (625) 21 (533) 30 (14) 300
PF301012 4 30 (1.9) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.4 10.4 6 1 ¼ in. GFP 27.0 (686) 22 (559) 32 (15) 100
PF30103200 4 30 (1.9) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.8 5.8 6 1 ¼ in. GFP 26.4 (671) 22 (559) 33 (15) 300
PF301512 4, 5 30 (1.9) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.6 12.6 8 1 ¼ in. GFP 32.8 (833) 24 (610) 40 (18) 100
PF30153200 4, 5 30 (1.9) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 6.9 6.9 8 1 ¼ in. GFP 29.8 (757) 22 (559) 34 (15) 300
PF301534 4, 5 30 (1.9) 1.50 (1.11) 3 460 480 2.8 2.8 8 1 ¼ in. GFP 29.5 (685) 22 (559) 34 (15) 300
PF302012 5, 6, 7 30 (1.9) 2.00 (1.49) 1 230 240 11.0 11.0 10 1 ¼ in. SS 35.5 (902) 26 (660) 44 (20) 100
PF30203200 5, 6 30 (1.9) 2.00 (1.49) 3 200 208 9.3 9.3 10 1 ¼ in. SS 34.0 (864) 24 (610) 41 (19) 300
PF303012 5, 6, 7, 8 30 (1.9) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 16.8 16.8 14 1 ¼ in. SS 44.5 (1130) 33 (838) 54 (24) 100
PF303032 5, 6, 8 30 (1.9) 3.00 (2.23) 3 230 240 10.0 10.1 14 1 ¼ in. SS 44.3 (1125) 27 (686) 52 (24) 300
PF305012 5, 6, 7, 8 30 (1.9) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 25.6 25.8 23 1 ¼ in. SS 66.5 (1689) 53 (1346) 82 (37) 100
PF305032 5, 6, 8 30 (1.9) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.6 16.6 23 1 ¼ in. SS 60.8 (1544) 48 (1219) 66 (30) 300
PF30503200 5, 6, 8 30 (1.9) 5.00 (3.73) 3 200 208 18.7 18.7 23 1 ¼ in. SS 60.8 (1544) 48 (1219) 66 (30) 300
PF500511 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.1 12.1 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 27 (12) 300
PF500512 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.2 6.2 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 27 (12) 300
PF500532 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 3 230 240 3.0 3.0 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 28 (13) 300
PF50053200 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.7 3.7 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 28 (13) 300
PF500534 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 3 460 480 1.5 1.5 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 28 (13) 300
PF500712 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 1 230 240 8.5 8.5 3 2 in. SS 23.7 (602) 25 (635) 31 (14) 300
PF500732 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 230 240 3.9 3.9 3 2 in. SS 23.7 (602) 25 (635) 32 (15) 300Design gpm (L/sec)Horsepower (kW)PhaseNameplate voltageActual voltageDesign flow ampsMax ampsImpellersDischarge size and material 1Length, in. (mm)Min. liquid level, 2 in. (mm)Weight, 3 lb (kg)Rated cycles/day
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 5
Technical Data Sheet
Specifications, cont.
Pump Model
PF50073200 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3 2 in. SS 23.1 (587) 26 (660) 32 (15) 300
PF500734 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3 2 in. SS 34.8 (884) 25 (635) 31 (14) 300
PF501012 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4 2 in. SS 27.0 (686) 26 (660) 35 (16) 100
PF50103200 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4 2 in. SS 26.4 (671) 26 (660) 39 (18) 300
PF501034 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4 2 in. SS 26.4 (671) 26 (660) 39 (18) 300
PF5015124 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5 2 in. SS 32.5 (826) 30 (762) 41 (19) 100
PF501532004 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5 2 in. SS 29.3 (744) 26 (660) 35 (16) 300
PF503012 4, 5, 7, 8 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8 2 in. SS 43.0 (1092) 37 (940) 55 (25) 100
PF50303200 4, 5, 8 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8 2 in. SS 43.4 (1102) 30 (762) 55 (25) 300
PF503034 4, 5, 8 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8 2 in. SS 40.0 (1016) 31 (787) 55 (25) 300
PF505012 5,6,7,8 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13 2 in. SS 65.4 (1661) 55 (1397) 64 (29) 300
PF505032 5,6,7,8 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13 2 in. SS 59.3 (1506) 49 (1245) 64 (29) 300
PF751012 75 (4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3 2 in. SS 27.0 (686) 27 (686) 34 (15) 100
PF751512 75 (4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4 2 in. SS 33.4 (848) 30 (762) 44 (20) 100
1 GFP = glass-filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 ¼-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 7⁄8 in. octagonal across flats; the 1 ¼-in. NPT SS discharge is 2 1⁄8 in. octagonal across flats; and the 2-in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 7⁄8 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to accommodate Orenco® discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult your Orenco Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric-sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube® Pump Vault or Universal Flow Inducer. In other applications, minimum liquid level should be top of pump. Consult Orenco for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-ft (3-m) cord.
4 High-pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam-lock option (Q) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available for all pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass-filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass-filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon® acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture-free windings. All thrust absorbed by Kingsbury-type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous duty. Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors for added security. Single-phase motors through 1.5 hp
(1.11 kW) have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221˚ F (95-105˚ C). Design gpm (L/sec)Horsepower (kW)PhaseNameplate voltageActual voltageDesign flow ampsMax ampsImpellersDischarge size and material 1Length, in. (mm)Min. liquid level, 2 in. (mm)Weight, 3 lb (kg)Rated cycles/day
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 5
Technical Data Sheet
Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves show the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump’s optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs show optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and show flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco’s PumpSelect™ software.
Pump Curves
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feetFlow in gallons per minute (gpm)
24 81012141660
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100 PF1005-FC
w/ ¼" flow
controller
PF10 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 2.0 hp
PF1007
PF1010
PF1020
PF1005
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feetFlow in gallons per minute (gpm)
36 12 15 18 21 2490
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
PF1503
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3 hp
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feetFlow in gallons per minute (gpm)
5102025303540150
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
PF2005
PF2010
PF2015
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 1.5 hp
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feetFlow in gallons per minute (gpm)
510202530354045150
800
900
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
PF3005
PF3007
PF3010
PF3015
PF3020
PF3030
PF3050 PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 5
Technical Data Sheet
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feetFlow in gallons per minute (gpm)
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 10 02040506070809030
PF5050
PF5030
PF5015
PF5010
PF5007
PF5005
PF50 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feetFlow in gallons per minute (gpm)
10 20 40 50 60 70 80 90 100300
80
90
100
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
PF75 Series, 60 Hz, 1.0 - 1.5 hpPF7515
PF7510
Pump Curves, cont.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UFI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1
Universal Flow Inducer
Technical Data Sheet
ˆ}…‡…i>`
«Õ“«
ˆÃV…>À}iÊ>ÃÃi“LÞ
œ>ÌÊ>ÃÃi“LÞ
Mounting
LÀ>VŽiÌÊi«œÝˆi`Ê
̜Ê*6
ÊÀˆÃiÀ
General
To specify this product, require the following:
• Class 125 4-in. (nominal) PVC pipe body
• Injection-molded ABS mounting flange
• Injection-molded holster for float tree
• Ability to accommodate flows as great as 65 gpm (4.1 L/sec)
Standard Model
UFI-4
Materials of Construction
Flow inducer Class 125 PVC
Mounting flange Injection-molded ABS
Base Fiberglass-reinforced polyester
Specifications
Dimensions
Flow inducer diameter 4" nominal
Height 72" (1828 mm)
(can be lengthened or shortened)
Shipping weight 13 lb (5.9 kg)
Applications
Orenco’s Universal Flow Inducer houses any Orenco high-head efflu-
ent pump in applications where filtration is not necessary. The base
rests on the bottom of the tank, and the mounting flange is epoxied
to a PVC riser. The flow inducer can be lengthened or shortened to fit
any tank. The tee, which holds the mounting flange and float assembly
bracket, slides to any position along the flow inducer. A float assembly
(ordered separately) snaps into the bracket. Applications include:
• Pump tanks
• Disinfection systems
• Effluent reuse systems
• Cisterns
*Typical installation in concrete pump tank. Use screws to secure mounting bracket to riser while
epoxy cures.
Sliding tee
Mounting flange
(fits 3-in. pipe)
4-in. flow inducer
Float assembly (ordered
separately)
Float assembly
bracket
1 3/8-in. (35-mm)
inlet holes
Fiberglass base

Control Panel and Rain Sensor
CONTROLPANEL3' BURIAL DEPTHMINIMUM2X4 TREATED - SECUREWITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWSPER POST4X6 TREATED POSTTO PUMP TANKTO POWER SOURCEMOUNT PANELDIRECTLY TO POSTSOR TO ALUMINUM PLATE(GRIND OFF PROTRUDINGSCREWS)COVER CONDUITMINIMUM 18"ALL CONDUITTO BE 3/4 " (min)GRAVELRISER ORCORRUGATEDPIPE2'INSTALLMULTIPLECONDUITS ASNEEDEDCONDUITSUPPORTSINGLECONDUIT(no splices)TO HEADWORKS(min.)RAIN SENSORN.T.S.
Communication and Alarm Management
• Remote telemetry capabilities coupled with a Web-based
monitoring application (see VeriComm Monitoring System,
ATD-WEB-VCOM-1) for communication and alarm manage-
ment. Updating of point values (including timer settings) and
receipt of queued changes during each communication ses-
sion with host. Communication sessions that occur monthly, at
a minimum, and more frequently during alarm conditions.
• Multiple methods of communication, as follows:
Call-In to VeriComm® Host
– Automatic notification to host of “Alarms,” which signal
fault conditions that need to be addressed immediately
(e.g., pump failure).
– Automatic notification to host of “Alerts,” which signal
less critical fault conditions and which trigger the panel’s
troubleshooting logic and alternative operating mode
(e.g., stuck float switch).
– Automatic notification to host of “Updates,” which include
alarm updates or all-clear notifications following Alarms/
Alerts, as well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports.
– Manual, forced communication from panel to host to effect
an updating of point values and receipt of queued changes.
Real-Time Direct Connection to Panel
– Manual, direct connection at the site via RS-232 serial port,
to allow a local operator real-time access to detailed logged
data and the ability to change point values from a laptop.
– Manual, forced communication by local operator/
homeowner at the site to initiate an auto-answer mode,
allowing a remote operator real-time access to detailed
logged data and the ability to change point values.
During real-time, manual connections, software with open
architecture (and password security) is used; no proprietary
software is required. VT100 protocol allows access and control
from any computer modem (Mac or PC) with a simple com-
munication program (e.g., Windows® HyperTerminal); multilevel
password protection in panel ensures that only qualified per-
sonnel can access the panel’s data.
Additional Features
• Status light indicators on the board,
including . . .
– Flashing green LED for normal
operation
– Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
– Red LEDs for status of digital outputs
and modem activity
• UL-recognized and FCC-approved
For more information, try our online demo at
www.vericomm.net (no password required).
ATD-CP-VCOM-7
Rev. 2.5 © 6/06
Page 1 of 2
VeriComm®
AXB_ Control Panels Technical
Data Sheet
For AdvanTex® Treatment Systems
Applications
VeriComm® AXB1 and AXB2 remote telemetry control panels are
used with two-pump operations — recirculation and discharge
(on-demand or timed) — for AdvanTex® Treatment Systems.
Interlocked controls prevent the recirculation pump from running
if there is a high level alarm on the discharge side. Coupled with
the VeriComm Web-based Monitoring System, these affordable
control panels give water/wastewater system operators and
maintenance organizations the ability to monitor and control
each individual system’s operation remotely, with real-time effi-
ciency, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. VeriComm
AXB panels allow remote operators to change system param-
eters, including timer settings, from the Web interface.
To Specify...
To specify this panel for your installation, require the following:
Basic Control Logic: Three Operating Modes
• A “Start-up Mode” for the initial 30 days, during which the
system collects trend data to establish operating standards for
future reference.
• A “Normal Mode” that manages day-to-day functions.
• A “Test Mode” that suspends data collection and alarm report-
ing during installation and service.
Data Collection and Utilization
• Data logs of system conditions and events, such as pump run
times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions.
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Troubleshooting capabilities that can report suspected failed
components, which then trigger Alarms.
Advanced Control Logic
• Advanced control logic that activates during float malfunctions
to diagnose the situation and keep the system operating nor-
mally until servicing.
Typical AXB_ VeriComm® Control Panel
Standard Models: VCOM AXB1, VCOM AXB2
VeriComm® AXB_ Control Panels
Technical
Data Sheet
Standard Components
Feature Specifications
1. VeriComm® Remote Telemetry Unit* ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer), 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital
outputs, 0 analog outputs, on-board modem (2400 baud), LED input and output indicators,
1-year battery backup of data and program settings.
2. Motor-Start Contactors 120 VAC: 16 FLA, 1 hp, 60 Hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (10 million at 50% of FLA).
240 VAC: 16 FLA, 3 hp, 60 Hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (10 million at 50% of FLA).
3. Toggle Switches Single-pole switch, automatic On, with spring-loaded, momentary, manual On. 20 A, 1 hp.
4. Control Circuit Breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single-pole 120 VAC, double-pole 240 VAC. DIN rail mounting
with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics.
5. Pump Circuit Breakers 20 A, OFF/ON switch. Single-pole 120 VAC, double-pole 240 VAC. DIN rail mounting
with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics.
6. Fuse 120 VAC Primary, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A Secondary.
7. Transformer 250 VAC, 1 A.
8. Audio Alarm 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble-tone sound.
9. Visual Alarm 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter red lens, “Push-to-silence.” NEMA 4, 1 W bulb, 120 VAC.
10. Panel Enclosure Measures 15.5 in. high x 13.3 in. wide x 6.7 in. deep (384 mm x 338 mm x 170 mm).
NEMA 4X rated. Constructed of UV-resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
Conduit couplings provided.
VCOM-AXB1 120 VAC, 3/4 hp, 14 A, single-phase, 60 Hz.
VCOM-AXB2 240 VAC, 2 hp, 14 A, single-phase, 60 Hz.
Optional Components
Feature Specifications Product Code Adder
Pump Run Light 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter green lens. NEMA 4, 1 W bulb, 120 VAC. PRL
Anticondensation Heater Self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops. HT
Programmable Timer Discharge side timed dosing. PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts. Pump disable upon UV failure. UV
* See VeriComm® Remote Telemetry Unit (ATD-CP-VCOM-1) and VeriComm® Monitoring System (ATD-WEB-VCOM-1) for more detail.
1. VeriComm® Remote Telemetry Board
2. Motor-Start Contactors
3. Toggle Switches
4. Control Circuit Breaker
5. Pump Circuit Breakers
6. Fuse
7. Transformer
8. Audio Alarm
9. Visual Alarm
10. Panel Enclosure
1
2
3
4
5
8910 7 6
ATD-CP-VCOM-7
Rev. 2.5 © 6/06
Page 2 of 2
Float stem
Float function
color marker
Adjustable float
collar
Stainless steel
set screw
Float
1
2
Float Switch Assemblies
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF___
Installation Instructions
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
© 2003 Orenco Systems®Inc.NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 1 of 4
Step 1:
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
Step 2:
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
Installation Instructions (continued)
© 2003 Orenco Systems®Inc.NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 2 of 4
Step 3:
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Step 4:
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Step 5:
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
Step 6:
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1” diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1” diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
3
3
3
Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 7:
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip.Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (EIN-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
© 2003 Orenco Systems®Inc.NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 3 of 4
7
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important: Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their “OFF” positions; then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip by hand, not by tool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
Maintenance Instructions
© 2003 Orenco Systems®Inc.NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 4 of 4
Technical Data Sheet
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2
Float Switch Assemblies
Materials of Construction
Float housing Impact-resistant, noncorrosive PVC plastic for use in liquids
up to 140˚ F (60˚ C)
Float cord, Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOOW; Super Vu-Tron®
P and N models Supreme, yellow
Float cord, Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOW; water-resistant
All other models (CPE); neoprene coating
Float collar ABS
Applications
Float switches are used to signal liquid level positions for alarm and
pump control applications. Orenco float switch assemblies can be
mounted in pump vaults, effluent screens, pump basins, and risers.
General
All models listed are UL listed and CSA certified for use in water or sew-
age. Non-mercury float switches (models B, C, N, and P) are used where
components containing mercury are prohibited.
Float switches are typically ordered in assemblies that include one or
more switches mounted on a 1-inch PVC float stem. ABS float collars
are used to provide secure mounting that is easily adjustable.
Normally-open “P” float switches have a blue cap for easy identifica-
tion; normally-closed “N” float switches have a red cap. “P” and “N”
model float switches use Super Vu-Tron® electrical cords for superior
chemical and water resistance.
Standard Models
B, C, G, N, P
Product Code Diagram
When ordering float switch assemblies, remember to list float switches
from the top of the float stem down. An “MFPBN-” nomenclature indi-
cates one “P” switch at the top of the stem, one “B” in the middle of
the stem, and one “N” switch at the bottom of the stem; an “MF2PN-”
indicates “P” switches at the top and middle of the stem, and one “N”
switch at the bottom of the stem.
The “On” and “Off” positions describe normally open floats.
For normally closed floats, the functions are reversed.
On
Off
Float collar
Float tether
Set point
DrawdownX
Y
Float stem
MF
Cord length option:
Blank = 10 ft (3 m), standard
20 = 20 ft (6 m)
30 = 30 ft (9 m)
50 = 50 ft (15 m)
Number of float switches (when using multiples of the same float switch model):
Blank = no multiples of the same float switch model
Float stem length:
Blank = no float stem (floats and collars only)
19, 21, 27, 33, 37, 39, 45, 51, 57, 66 = stem length, in.
5, 11 = stem length, in. (for elbow-style float brackets)
Application:
FS = field set
FTL = elbow-style (base-inlet filters only)
PB = pump basin
V = pump vault (standard float settings)
STEP = Standard float settings for STEP
STEPRO = Standard float settings for STEP with redundant off
SVCOM = Standard float settings for VCOM simplex
--
Float switch assembly
Float switch models (listed in order from the top of the float stem down):
B, C, G, N, P
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Technical Data Sheet
Float State1 Type IR2 Volts Amps hp Tether X Y Drawdown3
Signal-rated mechanical floats4 (for control switch applications)
P Modela Normally open Mechanical Yes n/a n/a n/a 2.00 in.1.50 in. 0.50 in.2.00 in.
N Modela Normally closed Mechanical Yes n/a n/a n/a 2.00 in.1.50 in.0.50 in.2.00 in.
Motor-rated floats4 (for pump switch applications)
B Model Normally open Mechanical No 120V 13A 1/2 hp 2.00 in.b 2.50 in.1.50 in.4.00 in.
240V 13A 1 hp 3.00 in.3.00 in.1.50 in.4.50 in.
4.00 in.3.25 in.1.50 in.4.75 in.
C Model Normally open Mechanical No 120V 13A 1/2 hp 2.00 in.3.00 in.2.50 in.5.50 in.
240V 15A 2 hp 3.00 in.b 3.50 in.3.00 in.6.50 in.
4.00 in.4.00 in.3.50 in.7.50 in.
5.00 in.4.50 in.4.00 in.8.50 in.
6.00 in.5.25 in.4.25 in.9.50 in.
G Model Normally open Mercury Yes 120V 15A 3/4 hp 2.00 in.1.50 in.3.00 in.4.50 in.
240V 15A 2 hp 3.00 in.b 1.75 in.3.00 in.4.75 in.
4.00 in.2.00 in.3.50 in.5.50 in.
a. Suitable for use with VCOM and MVP.
b. Standard tether length
Signal- and Motor-Rated Float Switch Matrix
Notes
1 State: normally open or normally closed
The default state of a float — normally open or normally closed — refers to the contact
positions in the float when the float is resting (down). Float switches have an internal contact.
The terms “normally open” (N/O) and “normally closed” (N/C) refer to the state of the float
switch contact in the down position. A normally open float switch has an open contact (off) in
the down position and a normally closed float switch has a closed contact (on) in the down
position. Different panel functions require different types of float switches. Most applications
require float switches that are normally open. One notable exception is the redundant off and
low-level alarm function that requires a normally closed float switch, except with MVP and
VCOM panels.
2 IR (intrinsically safe relay)
Approved for use with intrinsically safe, Class I, Division 1 applications, where reliable float
switch operation with very low current is required.
3 Drawdown
Drawdown (in inches) refers to the difference in liquid level between a float switch’s activation
and deactivation points. Drawdown can be altered by adjusting the tether length of the float
switch cord. When selecting float switches, keep in mind that any float switch that can directly
start and stop a pump (one that has no motor contactor in the control panel) should have a
drawdown capability, to avoid rapid cycling of the pump.
4 Signal-rated or motor-rated
Every float has a maximum amount of current it can handle. Exceeding these limits may cause
premature failure. Signal-rated or “control” floats are used to activate pump control panels
and alarms. Only low-amperage signals pass through these float switches, hence the float
switch is “signal-rated.” All Orenco panels that use motor contactors can use signal-rated float
switches. In some systems, a float switch is used to directly start and stop a pump. In this
application, the current that is running the pump passes through the float switch as well, and
the float switch must be “motor-rated.” In most instances, a motor-rated float switch can be
used as a signal float switch.
Features & Benefits
WATER
SAVER PR O V E
N

The Irrigation Innovators
Mini-Clik®
The world’s
most simple,
accurate, rugged,
and reliable
rain sensors
T here’s nothing more embarrassing–or more
wasteful or costly–than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn’t have to…in the rain.
Mini-Clik® provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture-laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik
automatically resets without ever
affecting your controller. There’s no
better way to ensure that a system
isn’t watering when it isn’t necessary.
Mini-Clik Rain Sensor
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
rainfall quantities
Set from 1⁄8" to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
Why You Should Ask for a
Genuine Mini-Clik Sensor:
Adding the patented Mini-Clik
sensor to your system’s irrigation
controller is the easy way to make
system operation truly automatic. By
interrupting programmed watering
during rainy periods, the Mini-Clik
can save thousands of gallons of
water each season. Unlike other rain
sensors, the Mini-Clik is accurate, reli-
able, and proven effective in lowering
your water usage.
S P E C I F I C A T I O N G U I D E
EXAMPLE: MINI-CLIK - HV
MODEL
MINI-CLIK
OPTIONS
HV = High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C = Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Note: For Mini-Clik® in Sensor Guard enclosure, specify SG-MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non-Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] • FAX: [phone]
www.HunterIndustries.com
© 2006 Hunter Industries Incorporated
P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06
Mini-Weather Station: Control
System Operation with Sensors for
Wind, Rain, and Temperature
With the Hunter Mini-Weather Station you get
each of Hunter's three different sensor devices in one
single convenient unit. The Mini-Clik rain sensor shuts
sprinklers off in a storm and keeps them off, automat-
ically compensating for the amount of rainfall that
occurred. The Freeze-Clik® prevents system activation
by automatically stopping the flow of water when
outdoor temperatures drop near freezing. The Wind-
Clik® shuts off systems during periods of high wind,
then automatically resets the system when conditions are more favorable. Easy to
mount (it attaches to your controller with just two wires) and easy to use, the Mini-
Weather Station takes all the guesswork out of when you shouldn't water.
Models
MINI-CLIK – standard Mini-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV – code approved for liquid tight electrical
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
MINI-CLIK-C – ½" female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK-NO – normally open switch
MINI-CLIK-C-NO – ½" female threaded inlet at bottom,
normally open switch
Dimensions
• Height: 5 inches
• Length: MINI-CLIK: 6 inches
MINI-CLIK-HV: 7½ inches
Operating Specifications
• Switch Rating: 5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
and MINI-CLIK-C)
• Wiring: MINI-CLIK and MINI-CLIK-C: Typically
interrupts the common ground wire between the
solenoid valves and the controller
MINI-CLIK-HV: For use with high voltage irrigation
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
than 10 amps peak
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
• Included: 25 ft. of #20 two conductor wire, two
mounting screws, controller identification label,
and detailed instructions
Mini-Clik® Rain Sensors
All Mini-Clik rain sensors are UL Listed and available in three different models to
accommodate your particular wiring needs.
MINI-CLIK
The standard Mini-Clik model, for use in most appli-
cations. Constructed of high impact thermoplastic
and aluminum. Simple click-stop settings accurately
measure rainfall in quantities of 1/8" to 1". Reset rate
is adjustable.
Model: MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-C
Features a ½" female threaded inlet at the bottom
to accommodate any type of conduit to enclose
wire. Electrical PVC or plumbing PVC pipe can
be used with this unit since it is intended for 24 volt
applications.
Model: MINI-CLIK-C
MINI-CLIK-HV
Adds in code approved liquid-tight electrical fittings
for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications. Also includes
18 inches of 16 AWG installation wire. Integral
bracket with supplied electrical fittings and conduit.
Ready to mount on any standard junction box.
Model: MINI-CLIK-HV
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller’s Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It’s the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact,
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Box mounts quickly and easily with its no-strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
By compensating for the effects of natural
rainfall, the Mini-Clik saves water and
typically pays for itself in just one season.
Model: BPSW
Model: MWS-FR
on the controller,disconnect it. Attach onewire of the Mini-Clik to the“common” terminal(usually marked “C”) onthe controller. Attach theother wire of the Mini-Clikto the common wireleading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik may be wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valveswith Booster Pump (SeeFigure 4)
Locate the common wireto the solenoid valves andthe common wire leadingto the coil of the relay thatstarts the pump. If thesetwo wires are connectedto the “common” terminalon the controller,disconnect both of them.
Twist together these twowires along with one wirefrom the Mini-Clik, andsecure with a wire nut.Attach the other wire ofthe Mini-Clik to the“common” terminal on thecontroller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions forMini-Clik-HV (See Figures5 and 6)
The two taped andstripped wires are theones to be used whenfollowing these accompa-nying diagrams. The thirdwire should be terminatedwith a wire nut (not sup-plied). All wire connec-tions with the Mini-Clikshould be made with wirenuts and located in ajunction box.
Where the timer iscontrolling a pump, therelay may be inside thetimer, external or non-existent. If there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. Thewiring for an internal orexternal relay is the same:the Mini-Clik breaks thecircuit to the coil of therelay only. Either wire ofthe coil may be broken.
Operation Check to VerifyCorrect Wiring
Turn on one zone of theirrigation system that isvisible while you are in reachof the Mini-Clik. Manually
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch “click”off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiringfor correctness. It is not necessary to “wet” test the Mini-Clik, although it will testthe operation fine, if desired.
ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATION
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system fromstarting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/8",
1/4", 1/2", 3/4" or 1". To adjust it to the desired shut-off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housingso that the pins are located in the proper slots (seeFigure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this mightbreak the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset fornormal sprinkler operation after the rain hasstopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions willdetermine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,and since the turf is also experiencing the sameconditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So whenthe turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinklersystem to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the resetrate. By turning the “vent ring” (see Figure 7) to completely or par tially cover theventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment cancompensate for an “overly sunny” installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
BYPASSING THE SENSOR
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass thatallows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with thisfeature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clik for any reason(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut “off ” due to rainfall),there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, theMini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the“cap” a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressureoff the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the “manual” switch on non-Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
MAINTENANCE
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to beremoved or covered for “winterizing” purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch “clicks” onand off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wirejunctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two “outer” wires near the unit toexpose copper. Turn one spr inkler zone on, and apply a “jumper wire” acrossthe two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrapall nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see “Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring”).
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik – move cap to more sensitive setting.The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a“tube” type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstr uctions to rainfallsuch as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices havebeen evaluated by UL and meet the applicable UL standards for safety.
®
Figure 4
Normally-Open Relay
1 2 3 4
Controller
C
SolenoidValvesCommonWire to AllValves
Terminate
Mini-ClikPumpor MV
Line-In
Line-Out (to Pump)
Figure 5
Controller
110VSolenoidValves
Terminate
110VInput
110VSwitchedInput
110V Line
Mini-Clik-HV
Figure 6
Controller
Terminate
SwitchedOutputInput
Mini-Clik-HV
220V to Pump
Normally-Open Relay
Line-In
Coil
1 2 3 4
Mini-Clik Controller
C
Figure 3
SolenoidValvesCommon Wire toAll Valves
Third Normally-Open Lead 1/8 1/41/2 3/41
Figure 7
VentVent Ring
Mini-Clik Rain SensorsInstallation Instructions
INTRODUCTION
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to thesolenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timerto advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow fornormal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it. Two are connected to a 25foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center bluewire is the “normally open” lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.The remaining two extension wires are colored (one “silver” tinned, the othernatural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter whichwire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standardmodel except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition ofa 1/2" threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totallyenclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipecan be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be usedwith automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single-stationelectrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directlyor through a relay; or 2) single-station electrical timer that switches power to asolenoid valve.
MOUNTINGStandard Model:
Using the screwsprovided, mount the Mini-Clik on any surfacewhere it will be exposedto unobstructed rainfall,but not in the path ofsprinkler spray. Theswitch-housing por tionmust be upright (aspictured), but the swivel-bracket can be moved formounting on any angledsurface. Loosen thelocknut and screw beforeswiveling bracket, andthen re-tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:The conduit acts as themounting support for theunit. Therefore, placeand mount the conduitto allow for the desiredsensor location asdescribed in the maininstructions for thestandard model. Be sureto suppor t the conduitsufficiently along itsvarious lengths.
For the High-Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into thethreaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or thecovers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locatethe junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hitthe outer most sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the “Carlon”flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"length with no support or up to 11" with suppor t).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. Inthe case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wallrather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still workas it will always receive some rainfall – it just will not be as accurate in itsgauging as it could be.
C. As described in the “Operation” section of this manual, “reset rate” refers tothe amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinklersystem to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect thisrate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of abuilding may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep theMini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it everyfew feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wireprovided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wiregauge needed:
If the extension needed is:25-50 ft. 50-100 ft.100 ft. or more
use:20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
WIRING TO YOUR IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Important: The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,please consult your distributor or this factor y. All wiring must confor m to NationalElectrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed inconjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualifiedelectrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable localcodes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do notlet current pass through thisdevice that exceeds thisrating. Do not install directlyin line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connectsdirectly to the SRC. Thisallows you to easily overridethe sensor by using the RUN(BYPASS SENSOR) positionon the dial.
1. Route the wires from theMini-Clik up through thesame opening used forvalve wiring.
2. Connect one wi re to theRS terminal and otherto the C terminal (SeeFigure 1).
3. Connect the valve commonto the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connectsdirectly to the ICC. Thisallows you to easily overridethe sensor by using theSensor switch on the frontpanel.
1.Remove the jumper fromthe two “SEN” terminals.
2.Route the wires from therain sensor up through thesame conduit openingused for valve wiring.
3.Connect one wire to theterminal labeled “SEN”and the other wire to theother “SEN” terminal (SeeFigure 2).
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiringsituations, please consult your distributor or request our “Non-standard”wiring infor mation packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the “commonground” wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
®Mini-Clik Rain SensorsInstallation Instr uctions
1 2 3 4
Mini-Clik
Hunter SRC
C
Figure 1
Third Normally-Open Lead(Do Not Use)
RS
Connect Common tothis Terminal whenusing Rain Sensor
Connect RainSensor Wires toThese Two Ter minals
SolenoidValves
Mini-Clik Hunter ICC
SEN
SEN
C
TEST
P MV
Third Normally-Open Lead(Do Not Use)
Figure 2
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators © 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone] LIT-315 RevA 5/11
www.hunterindustries.com

Drip Field Components

AMERICAN ONSITE PRODUCTS
BIOLINE DRIP TUBING

www.americanonsite.com 3-3
AMERICAN ONSITE PRODUCTS
BIOLINE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)

www.americanonsite.com 3-5
Fence Detail

--I W
R
(D U1
p s
(D X
N P)
aal
f 4 u o V
3 O (�
N X
(D rn
I/ 1
EN
1
00
D
03in
a
((DD C
a O
(D
11 11
=
O
A
(D
111 111
N
1 1
I 1
D
�
�
r
�W
p s
m �
m
Y
o!1
!1 x �\
y
m n
a�
-o
N Z O
�m F `e
.�
N rt
a�
3 O
0
0m�
m•
D
F
f Dp
m a
ca
p co
O
Q
p
y
3 N
3 �
A
o
0 O O
O
O
3
oz
0
m w3
a- y 3
S�
� a
1
aa-
p_
m o
Ort c
3
O Ni b
(D
in O'
m

Irrigation Headworks Components
o
°
I
m
'A
u,
f
,
00
o
FN
m
3
�, 3
0
O
o
°
c
s
�
O U
Ny
° -��0��0���
-,OU
—I
c J (n
• D/
V
r�
r
O
n,
3
07-
j Ur
O
ry \
�
o�
IHM
'HIHoo
fo
��
o7
�_
c
r+
O
DD
(
o
0
m
r�
N �
cn
U
/A1
C0
r�
M�
W
a
a
�
rn�rn
Oo°
O
® O
°: F
O
�
o000000—
1
L►
OOP
O
a�
1
o
I�
m
0 000N 0
U
N
� o �
m
Q
F
a
chi
0
c
a
3

z
O
(D
�
o
0
o0
rn
c
rn
�
o
�
��0000000
0000000
0000000
�
��
o000000
0000000
0000000
Dc
•
�o
C
0 0
m 0
o
CO
�
o00
�
�
o000000
0000000
0000000
�
o000000
0000000
0000000
CD
�o
CD
CO
00
z
o
(D
O
o
+
O
o
0
i
o
o
0
M
a
�
d
Oa
X

Master Meter // 101 Regency Parkway // Mansfield, TX 76063 // www.mastermeter.com
BOTTOM LOAD MULTI-JET METERS
1
Master Meter’s Multi-Jet meter exceeds
the AWWA C708 standard. With sensitivity
to measure water flowing as low as 1/8
gallon per minute and accuracy unaffected
by common particulates and build-up that
would freeze other types, you can count on
our Multi-Jet technology.
Technical Specifications:
AWWA Standard -Meets or exceeds all sections of AWWA
Standard C-708, most recent revision. Compliant with SDWA, NSF
ANSI 372 and NSF ANSI 61 standards.
Register - Standard Direct Read, DIALOG® 3G AMR System
registers, AccuLinx Encoder, and IP 68 Electrical Output registers
available. Together, an integrated and migratable technology
environment is attained; direct, proximity (touch), mobile AMR,
and Fixed Network AMI.
Register Sealing - Direct Read and DIALOG registers
are permanently sealed with a scratch resistant glass
lens, stainless steel base and wrap-around gasket to
prevent intrusion of dirt or moisture.
Features & Benefits:
• Rugged basket strainer built from advanced polymer
materials for superior wear mitigation.
• Proprietary design produces smooth, laminar flow
profile for improved accuracy
• Award-winning DIALOG 3G register design houses
all vital components - encoder, RF transmitter,
battery and antennae - safely within the register’s
stainless steel and tempered glass enclosure. Free of
external wires, components and connections - the #1
cause of field related issues on competitive
designs.
• Assures compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA).
• Measures with only one moving part that is hydro-
dynamically balanced on a sapphire bearing to
preserve accuracy and promote a positive bottom line.
• Exceptional performance in passing entrained solids
and operating in environments with high mineral
content.
• Clean, elegant measurement design is highly sensitive
to leaks and low flow while limiting wear for excellent
revenue protection.
Master Meter // 101 Regency Parkway // Mansfield, TX 76063 // www.mastermeter.com
BOTTOM LOAD MULTI-JET METERS
2
Accuracy and Head Loss Chart
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
ACCURACY%
HEAD LOSSNORMALAWWA C708 LOW 103.0%
101.5%
100%
98.5%
97.0%10 P.S.I.
3/4”
5/8”
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1”
5/8 and 3/4”
1”
0
METER
 OPERATING
 CHARACTERISTIC/DIMENSION 5/8"3/4"
 x
 7-­‐1/2"3/4"
 x
 9"3/4"
 x
 9"
 x
 1"1”
Flow
 Rating
 (gpm)20 30 30 30 50
Continuous
 Flow
 (gpm)15 20 20 20 30
Normal
 Flow
 Range
 (gpm)1-­‐20 2-­‐30 2-­‐30 2-­‐30 3-­‐50
Extended
 Low
 Flow
 (gpm)1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4
Maximum
 Working
 Pressure
 (psi)150 150 150 150 150
Maximum
 Working
 Temperature
 (F)120 120 120 120 120
Length
 (A
 below)7-­‐1/2"7-­‐1/2"9"9"10-­‐3/4"
Width
 (B
 below)3-­‐5/8"3-­‐5/8"3-­‐5/8"3-­‐5/8"4"
Height,
 standard
 register
 with
 lid
 (C
 below)5"5"5"5"5-­‐1/4"
Height,
 bottom
 to
 center
 line
 (D
 below)1-­‐1/2"1-­‐1/2"1-­‐1/2"1-­‐1/2"1-­‐3/4"
Weight
 (lbs)3.95 4.0 4.1 4.6 5.25
Packed
 To
 Carton 6 6 6 4 4
Carton
 Weight
 (lbs)25.1 25.4 26 19.8 22.4
Technical Specs (Cont’d):
• Register Unit - Registration available in U.S. gallons, cubic
feet or cubic meters.
• Test Circle - Large center sweep hand with one hundred
(100) clearly marked gradations on the periphery of the
dial face (available on Direct Read and DIALOG 3G
registers).
• Design/Operation - Velocity-type flow measurement.
Water that is evenly distributed by multiple converging
inlet ports flows past an impeller in the measuring
chamber, creating an impeller velocity directly
proportional to water flow rate. The meter’s register
integrates that velocity into totalized flow.
An inherent advantage for this design is unparalleled
wear mitigation leading to sustained revenues.
The register assembly is removable under line pressure
permitting seamless, simplified upgrades in
reading technology.
• Strainer - A rugged, 360-degree advance polymer
basket strainer protects the critical measuring
element from damage. The unique strainer design
smoothes the flow of water entering into the meter
creating a laminar flow that is gentle on the meter’s
internal components. Tough materials operating in a
smooth, balanced environment enable the meters
to perform more accurately over time. Utilities’
investments last longer while capturing more revenue.

• Measuring Chamber - The measuring chamber housing
and measurement element are built with an advanced
synthetic polymer. Measurement surfaces are not
wear surfaces, providing sustained accuracy despite
the presence of entrained solids in the water. A long
life, synthetic sapphire bearing serves as a wear
surface with radially balanced water flows. The
chamber housing is constructed in two parts to
allow access to the impeller. Bottom plates available in
Bronze, Cast Iron (CI) or Engineered Plastic.
B
D
C
A
V.062118_f
38
Vortex Screen Filter
AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex Filter has been discontinued. Please use a larger filter for onsite wastewater
applications. Replacement parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
x
x
Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
- Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow’s Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
- It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
- Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
- Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sintering process in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
- Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
Item Number Size
(MPT)
Max.
Flow rate
(GPM)
Filtration
(mesh)
Max.
Pressure
(psi) (ft.)
Width Height Flush
Port
(MPT)
Area of
Filtration
(inches2)
AP4E-75F 3/4”10 150 80 185 6.0”6.0”3/4”23.4
AP4E-1F 1”20 150 80 185 6.5”7.0”3/4”28.4
AP4E-1.5F 1.5”45 150 100 231 12”15.5”3/4”60.8
AP4E-2F 2.0”70 150 80 185 12”16.0”3/4”60.8
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Product Sheets-2011 Filter VortexScreen12H27.indd
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax [phone] www.geoflow.com
Look
for the
Genuine
Geoflow
stamp of
quality
1.5” and 2” Vortex
Width
Height
▼
1” Vortex Filter
Geof low Inc. , Toll Free 800-828-3388, Fax: [phone], www.geof low.com
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include
an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The ¾”
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75F.
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
O-ring seal. An additional ¾ inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1” filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-1F.
VALVES
APPLICATIONS
 Small agricultural irrigation zones
 Greenhouse and nursery irrigation
 Cooling systems
 Ultra high flow or low flow capacity
irrigation systems
SPECIFICATIONS
 Available Sizes: 1”, 1 1/2”, 2” and 323
 Maximum Working Pressure:
1” - 115 psi and 2” to 323 - 150 psi
 Maximum Water Temperature: 140° F
 Connections: Female Threaded NPT
 Electrical Specifications:
Voltage - Standard 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Inrush Current - 29mA
Holding Current - 14mA
Allowable Voltage Variation: 10%
MATERIALS
 Body and Bonnet: Glass Reinforced Nylon
 Spring: Stainless Steel (AISI 302)
 Nuts, Bolts, Washers: Stainless Steel (304)
 Diaphragm: Natural Rubber
PROVEN PERFORMANCE
WITH A SIMPLE LOW
MAINTENANCE DESIGN
ELECTRIC PBITHROTTLING VALVES
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
 Durable, glass reinforced nylon construction provides
superb hydraulic performance.
 Large internal water passage with no moving parts in
the flow path prevents clogging.
 Built-in 2-Way Solenoid with low power requirement
for ease of operation and reliability.
 Simple installation either vertically or horizontally.
 High resistance to corrosive water containing fertilizer
and chemicals.
 Standard with a flow control (throttling) handle.
1” ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
323 ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
NETAFIM USA
5470 E. Home Ave.
Fresno, CA 93727
CS 888 638 2346
www.netafimusa.com
A070 10/13
ORDERING INFORMATION
1”
1 1/2”
2”
323
SIZE
71610-014015
71610-014040
71610-014507
71610-015202
ITEM NUMBER
61ET1PBI-BC
61ET1.5PBI2-BC
61ET2PBI2-BC
61ET323PBI2-BC
MODEL NUMBER
SOLD IN CASE QUANTITIES AND 24VAC ONLY
1” CASE QUANTITY = 20
1 1/2” AND 2“ CASE QUANTITY = 8
323 CASE QUANTITY = 4
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
1”
1 1/2”
2”
323
SIZE
4 7/8”
7 3/8“
7 7/8”
9 1/4“
LENGTH
4 7/8”
6“
6”
6 5/8“
HEIGHT
.5 LBS.
2.0 LBS.
2.2 LBS.
3.1 LBS.
WEIGHT
FLOW RANGE
1”
1 1/2”
2”
323
SIZE
1 - 50
1 - 125
1 - 176
1 - 264
GPM
FLOW RATE VS. PRESSURE LOSS
LIGHT BROWN AREA INDICATES RECOMMENDED OPERATING RANGE.
3
4
7
6
5
8
10
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200HEADLOSS (PSI)FLOW (GPM)
1”
323
2”
1 ½”
Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
- System Design
- Elevation Determinations
- Buoyancy Calculations
- Pump Design
- Working Volume Calculations
- Dripfield Design
- Loading Rate Workbook
CARO`�i�i
2: • OF E SRO C. �OS19
? 7
a SEAL _
045505
�� S+C'�GINIEE�•'S ��

Torres Property Surface Drip
Date:20-Aug-19
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
SEPTIC TANK SIZING
Daily Flow Estimate
Flow/Unit
# of Units Units (gpd/unit)Flow/Day (gpd)
5 BR 120 600
TOTAL DAILY FLOW (Q) =600 gpd
Septic Tank Volume/Size (based on AdvanTex Innovative Approval)
Required Minimum Tank Size = 1,500 gal.
(per Advantex Approval)
TANK SIZE PROVIDED =1,500 gal.
RECIRCULATION TANK & POD SIZING
Recirculating Tank and Pod Volume/Size (based on maximum daily flow estimate)
For Single Family Residences with 6 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms AX Units
4 or less 1-AX-20 or 1-AX-20-RT
5 AX 25-RT
6 2-AX-20
Daily flow =600 gpd
AX Unit Required = AX 25-RT
AX Unit Specified = AX 25-RT
** Recirculation tank is integral to the AX 20-RT Unit.
PUMP TANK SIZING
TANK SELECTION
Shoaf Precast MS 4,000 gallon
Non-Traffic Rated Pump Tank
Model: MS 4000 PT
2501 - 3000
6,250
720 gpd
Daily Design Flow
<480 gpd
600 gpd
7,500
5,000
601 - 750 2,000
751 - 1000 2,500
2001 - 2500
1001 - 1500 3,750
1501 - 2000
501 - 600 1,500
Flow (GPD)Min. Volume (gal)
500 1,000
Elevation Calculations
Date:20-Aug-19
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
Septic Tank AdvanTex RT Pod Pump Tank
Drainline Invert EL @ House (Assumed)336.00 ft Pipe Length from ST outlet 5.00 ft Ground Surface at Pump Tank 335.25 ft
Pipe Length to Septic Tank 25.00 ft Pipe Slope from ST to Pod 2.15%Cover over Pump Tank 36.00 in
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank 7.83%Ground Surface at Pod 335.75 ft 3.00 ft
Ground Surface at Septic Tank 336.00 ft Exposed Height of Pod 2.00 in Elevation at top of Pump Tank 332.25 ft
Cover over Septic Tank 12.00 in 0.17 ft Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top 3.00 in
1.00 ft Elevation at top of Pod 335.92 ft (UV inlet located in riser)0.25 ft
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)335.00 ft Extension Collar Height 0 in Elevation at Inlet Invert 332.50 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top 0.96 ft 0.000 ft Pipe Length to Pump Tank 13.00 ft
Elevation at Inlet invert 334.04 ft Distance to Inlet invert from top 2.15 ft Pipe Slope to Pump Tank 1.10%
Distance to Outlet invert from Top 1.13 ft Elevation at Inlet invert 333.77 ft External Tank Height 8.67 ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert 333.88 ft Distance to Outlet Invert from top 3.27 ft Exterior Bottom of Tank EL 323.58 ft
External Height of Septic Tank 5.83 ft Elevation at Outlet Invert 332.64 ft Tank Bottom Thickness 4 in
External Bottom of Tank Elevation 329.17 ft Height of Pod 72.00 in Elevation at Tank Floor 323.92 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness 6.00 in 6.00 ft Elevation at pump (~18" off floor)325.42 ft
Bottom of Excavation Elevation 328.67 ft Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom 329.92 ft Gravel Bed Thickness 6 in
Pod Bottom Thickness 0.21 in Bottom of Excavation Elevation 323.08 ft
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor 329.93 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness 6 in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation 329.42 ft
Riser Heights (approx)AdvanTex RT Pod Float Settings Pump Tank Float Settings
Septic Tank 1.50 ft Height from Height from
18.00 in Elev. (ft)Tank Floor (in)Elev. (ft)Tank Floor (in)
Pump Tank 3.50 ft Low Water/Redundant Off 332.27 28 Low Water/Redundant Off 325.67 21
42.00 in Pump Override 333.35 41 Timer Enable 326.17 27
High Water Alarm 333.48 42.5 Peak Enable/High Water Alarm 331.42 90
Septic Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Date:8/20/2019
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Tank Size (nominal) =1,500 gallons
Properties/Assumptions:
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density =62.4 lb/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density =142.56 lb/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank =1.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density =1.25 (typical value)
Tank Dimensions (from supplier):
Exterior Interior
Length =10.46 ft.9.96 ft.
Width =5.46 ft.4.96 ft.
Total Tank Depth =5.83 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings =6.28 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) =13,000 lb. (based on manufacturer)
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force =21,021 lb.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight =13,000 lb
Water Weight in Tank =0 lb
Soil Weight Over Tank =3,963 lb
Soil Tension Force =5,230 lb
Total Weight =22,193 lb
1.06
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
Factor of Safety against Buoyancy =
AdvanTex RT Pod Buoyancy Calculation
Date:8/20/2019
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Properties/Assumptions:
RT Model = AX25 Gravity
Effluent Density =62.4 lb/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Net Beam Density =67.55 lb/ft^3
Net Soil Density =67.6 lb/ft^3
Unit Weight =908 lb (based on manufacturer)
Supplemental Ballast Evaluation (Anti-Buoyancy Beam):
Depth from top of beam to tank bottom =3.00 in
Tank exposure length =2.00 in
Burial depth to beam =5.58 ft
Width of beam =0.69 ft
8.25 in
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force =12,475 lb (based on manufacturer)
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight =908 lb
Soil Weight on Beam =12,780 lb
Weight of Beam =129.2 lb
Total Weight =13,817 lb
Factor of Safety Against Buyancy = 1.11
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
All calculations are performed assuming completely submerged conditions, with no liquid in the unit.
Pump Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Date:8/20/2019
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Tank Size (nominal) =4,000 gallons
Properties/Assumptions:
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density =62.4 lb/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density =142.56 lb/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank =1.75 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density =1.25 (typical value)
Tank Dimensions (from supplier):
Exterior Interior
Length =12.50 ft.12.00 ft.
Width =6.50 ft.6.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =8.67 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =0 in.(Pump Out)
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings =9.42 ft^2

Tank Weight (est.) =20,800 lb. (based on manufacturer)
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force =43,940 lb.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight =20,800 lb
Water Weight in Tank =0 lb
Soil Weight Over Tank =9,805 lb
Soil Tension Force =13,782 lb
Total Weight =44,387 lb
1.01
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
Factor of Safety against Buoyancy =
Pump Sizing/Design
Recirculation Pump Calculation
Date:Torres Property WWTS
Project:5007 Redwood Road
Location:Durham NC 27704
Durham
County:
PIN:
Timer Settings
Required Doses/Day 96
Recirculation Ratio 2.5 :1
Design Flow (Q)600 gpd
Flow to Pods 1,500 gpd
Flow to ST 396 gpd
Pump Flow 1,896 gpd
Dose Volume to Pod 15.6 gallons
# of Pumps 1
Pod Flowrate 18 gpm
Return Flowrate 4.75 gpm
Pump Flowrate 22.75 gpm
# of Cycles/day 96
Cycle Volume 19.7 gallons
Cycle Run time 0.87 min
Cycle Off Time 14.13 min
Friction Losses
Suction Head =0 ft.(submersible = 0)
Elev. Difference (highest point from pump) =5.00 ft.
Design Pressure At Outlet =6.93 ft.
Line Length =24 ft.1.0" Schedule 40 PVC
Line Loss/100 ft =1.53 ft/100 ft.
Friction Loss - Line =0.37 ft.
SUB-TOTAL =12.30 ft.
Friction Loss - Fittings (5%) =0.61 ft.
TOTAL =12.91 ft.
Pump Efficiency =0.7 (assumed, typical)
Motor Efficiency =0.9 (assumed for electric pumps)
Flow =22.75 gpm
Required Horsepower =0.1 hp
TDH =12.91 ft.
Pump Selection
Manufacturer:Orenco
Model:PF3005 1 1
Horsepower:1/2
Operating Point
Date:20-Aug-19
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Dripfield Sizing
Daily Design Flow 600 gpd
Loading Rate (LTAR)20.56 in/yr From SFR Loading Rate Workbook
Dripfield Area Required 0.39 ac
17086 sqft From SFR Loading Rate Workbook
Dripline Spacing 3 ft
Required Dripline 5,695 ft
Surface Dripfield Layout
Run Lateral Zone
Length Length Length
Zone #Lateral #Run #(ft)(ft)(ft)
1 1 1 188
2 188 376
2 3 188
4 189 377
3 5 189
6 189 378
4 7 189
8 189 378
5 9 189
10 189 378
6 11 189
12 189 378 2265
2 1 13 189
14 189 378
2 15 190
16 190 380
3 17 190
18 190 380
4 19 190
20 190 380
5 21 190
22 190 380
6 23 190
24 190 380 2278
3 1 25 191
26 191 382
2 27 191
28 191 382
3 29 191
30 191 382
4 31 191
32 191 382
5 33 191
34 191 382
6 34 191
36 191 382 2292
Total =6835
Min. Required =5695
Blanking =20.01%
Field Flow
Date:20-Aug-19
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Total Field
Total quantity of effluent to be disposed per day 600 gallons / day
Hydraulic Loading Rate 28.48 gallons / sq.ft. / day
Minimum Dispersal Field Area 17086 sq.ft.
Flow Per Zone
Number of Zones 3 zone(s)
Number of SubFields 0 subfields
Dispersal area per zone 5695 sq.ft.
Spacing between lines 3 ft
Choose spacing between emitters 2 ft
Total linear ft. per zone (minimum required)2292 ft. per zone
Total number of emitters per zone 1146 emitters per zone
Dripline Type
Pressure at beginning of the dripfield 30 psi
Feet of Head at the beginning of dripfield 69.3 ft
Flow rate per emitter 0.61 gph
Dose flow per zone 11.65 gpm
Min. Flushing Velocity (Normal Operation)1 ft/sec
Min. Flushing Velocity (Maintenance Operation)1 ft/sec
Flush flow required at the end of each dripline 0.74 gpm
Length of longest dripline lateral 382 ft
Flow required to Dose longest dripline lateral 1.94 gpm
Line Runs per zone 6 lines
Total flow per zone 16.09 gpm
Total flow required to achieve flushing velocity 4.44 gpm
Dosing
Number of doses per day / zone:1 doses
Timer ON. Pump run time per dose/zone:17.10 mins:secs
Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses 23:42 hrs:mins
Per Zone - Pump run time per day/zone:0:17 hrs:mins
All Zones - Number of doses per day / all zones 3.00 doses / day
Allow time for field to pressurize 0:00:30 hrs:mins:secs
Filter flush timer 0:00:20 hrs:mins:secs
Drain timer 0:05:00 hrs:mins:secs
Field flush timer 0:01:00 hrs:mins:secs
Field flush counter 10 cycles
Time required to complete all functions per day 1:12 hrs:mins
Dose volume per zone 200 gallons per dose
Perc-Rite Bioline
Pump Sizing
Date:20-Aug-19
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Field Flow Summary
Number of Zones 3 zones
Flow Required to dose field 11.65 gpm
Flow required to flush field 4.44 gpm
Flow required to dose & flush field 16.09 gpm
(ft.)(psi)(ft.)(psi)
Losses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter 1 1/4"1 1/4"
Length of return line 300 0
Equivalent length of fittings 30 0
Elevation Change 14.0 0.0
Pressure loss in 100 ft of pipe 0.40 0.17 0.0 0.0
Total pressure loss from end of dripline back to tank 15.31 6.63 0.0 0.0
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank 4.62 2.0 0.0 0.0
Losses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral 382 382
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline 16.17 7.00 16.17 7.00
Loss through dripline during dose/flush 48.33 20.92 16.01 6.93
Min. Pressure Required at Beiginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure 69.12 29.92 32.18 13.93
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)69.30 30.00
Losses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)1in Screen Filter 0-20gpm
Selected Filter
Filter Pressure Loss 3.45 1.49 2.57 1.11
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)1" Solenoid
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss 3.27 1.42 1.84 0.80
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi-Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss 1.89 0.82 1.20 0.52
Other Pressure Losses 0 0 0 0
Total loss through Headworks components 8.61 3.73 5.61 2.43
Losses through Supply Line
Select Field Supply Line Diameter 1 1/2"1 1/2"
Length of supply line from PT to Start of Dripfield 0 0
Length of supply line Along Dripfield 300 300
Equivalent length of fittings 30 30
Pressure loss in 100 ft. of pipe (Supply)2.01 1.10
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)8 8
Elevation Change (Tank outlet to Start of Dripfield)4 4
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)12 12
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field 30.63 27.64
Total Dynamic Head (TDH)108.5 ft 65.4 ft
Pump Capacity - Flow Rate 16.1 gpm 11.7 gpm
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field)17.61 ft
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow 140 ft
TDH at Start of Field 122.39 ft
=52.98 psi
Is Pressure Regulator Required?NO
Required Pressure Regulator Size -inch
Flushing Condition Dosing Condition
AP4E-1F
AP4E-1.5F
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
3/4" Meter
1" Meter
Pump Calculations
Date:20-Aug-19
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
IRRIGATION PUMP SIZING
Pump Selection
Manufacturer:Orenco
Model:2005 1 1
Horsepower:0.50
Pump Operating Points (from drip spreadsheet)
Operating Conditions TDH (ft.)Flow (gpm)Legend
Dose Flow (Required)65.4 11.7 (single zone)
Dose Flow (Actual)140.0 11.7 (dose flow on pump curve)
Flush Flow 108.5 16.1 (Flush Velocity, single zone)
Working Volume & Storage Time Estimate
Date:8/20/2019
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Working Volume Needed: 3,000 gal.
Dose Volume =200 gal.
Pump/Storage Tank Information
Tank Size (nominal) =4,000 gallons
Number of Tanks =1
Interior Dimensions:
Length =12.00 ft.
Width =6.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =8.00 ft.(Interior)
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =21 in.
(from pump manufacturer)1.75 ft.
High Water Alarm Level =90 in.(Inlet located in Riser)
(from interior Tank floor)7.50 ft.
Working Volume & Storage Time
Working Volume =3,032.6 gal.
Estimated Storage Time in Tank =5.05 days
Note: Storage time must be greater than 5 days for single family residences
or greater than/equal to the storage time required by the water balance
for commercial or community systems.
Pollutant Loading Calculation
Date:8/20/2019
Project:Torres Property WWTS
Location:5007 Redwood Road
Durham NC 27704
County:Durham
PIN:0863-01-28-7603
Final
Influent Septic Tank Concentration
Parameter mg/l % Removal mg/l % Removal mg/l % Removal mg/l mg/l
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 350 50%175 94%10 -10 10
Total Suspended Solids 200 50%100 90%10 -10 10
Ammonia Nitrogen 100 50%50 94%3 -3 3
Nitrate Nitrogen <1.0 0%0 0%30 -30 30
Nitrite Nitrogen <1.0 0%0 -<1.0 -<1.0 1
Total Nitrogen 110 25%82.5 60%33 -33 33
Total Phosphorus 20 50%10 0%10 -10 10
Fecal Coliforms (cfu/100ml)>106 106 1000000 99.999%10 10
Advantex Treatment System
Pod UV Disinfection
Project Name:
Facility Address:
County:
Prepared by:
600 gal/dayProject Design Flow =
SFR Loading Rate Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Durham
Torres Residence
6 bedrooms 720 gal/day
Required Flow
5 bedrooms 600 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
480 gal/day4 bedrooms
360 gal/day3 bedrooms
2 bedrooms 240 gal/day
5007 Redwood Road
Durham, NC 27703
Jeff Vaughan
SFR-LRW 9-08
1987
2016
30
36.06
32.98 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours / 12 Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January 39.8 0.86 0.81 0.24
February 42.0 0.85 1.17 0.35
March 49.9 1.03 2.83 1.11
April 58.9 1.09 5.25 2.28
May 67.1 1.22 7.85 3.92
June 75.3 1.22 10.79 5.52
July 79.2 1.24 12.29 6.45
August 77.6 1.16 11.67 5.74
September 71.1 1.03 9.24 3.95
October 59.4 0.97 5.40 2.08
November 50.1 0.85 2.88 0.94
December 42.7 0.84 1.30 0.39
Total =71.47 32.98
Starting Year of Data Record:
Ending Year of Data Record:
Potential Evapotranspiration Worksheet (Thornthwaite method)
Project Name:Torres Residence
Location of Temperature Data:Chapel Hill, NC
Calculated PET:
Period of Record (years):
Source of Data:State Climate Office of NC
Site Latitude (degrees)within range
SFR-LRW 9-08
1987
2016
30
53.23
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
January 3.70 7.89 4.20
February 3.26 6.95 3.70
March 4.49 9.58 5.10
April 3.46 7.38 3.93
May 3.60 7.68 4.09
June 3.98 8.49 4.52
July 4.36 9.30 4.95
August 4.27 9.11 4.85
September 5.00 10.66 5.68
October 3.87 8.25 4.39
November 3.35 7.14 3.80
December 3.55 7.57 4.03
Total =46.89 100.00 53.23
SFR Precipitation Worksheet
Torres Residence
Period of Record (years):
Location of Precipitation Data:
Starting Year of Data Record:
Ending Year of Data Record:
Chapel Hill, NC
Project Name:
State Climate Office of NC
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation:
Source of Data:
SFR-LRW 9-08
600 gal/day inch/yr
SFR Loading Rate Group:B
Limiting Soil Ksat =0.026 inch/hour Irrigation Area =
0.170 =acres
Drainage Rate =0.10608 inch/day (Formula: Ksat * Drainage Coefficient * 24)
January 31 0.24 3.29
February 28 0.35 2.97
March 31 1.11 3.29
April 30 2.28 3.18
May 31 3.92 3.29
June 30 5.52 3.18
July 31 6.45 3.29
August 31 5.74 3.29
September 30 3.95 3.18
October 31 2.08 3.29
November 30 0.94 3.18
December 31 0.39 3.29
TOTAL = 365 32.98 38.72
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR-A
SFR-B 219,000 gal/yr
SFR-C
SFR-D
Number of
Days in the
Month
0 0
17,083
0.39217
square ft
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/month)
0
00.00 0
0
SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Project Name:Torres Residence
3.70
Design Flow =
0.00
0.00
Drainage Coefficient =
20.56
Annual Hydraulic
Loading Rate =
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(in/mo)
Vertical
Drainage
(in/mo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(in/mo)
PET
(in/mo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/day)
4.20
3.93 1.54 546 16,370
4.09 3.12 1,072 33,225
5.10
1,486 44,578
4.85 4.18 1,436 44,517
1,644 50,9574.95 4.78
4.39 0.98
4.52 4.19
3.80 0.32 112 3,368
10,432
5.68 1.46 518 15,553
337
Required Flow
7150.40
SFR Loading Rate Table
53.23 20.56 219,000
4.03 0.00 0 0
SFR
Loading
Rate
Group
Maximum Annual Geometric Mean 2 bedrooms
(in/yr)(in/hr)4 bedrooms
240 gal/day 87,600 gal/yr
Loading Rate Ksat Range 3 bedrooms 360 gal/day 131,400 gal/yr
480 gal/day 175,200 gal/yr
Low - High Low - High 5 bedrooms 600 gal/day 219,000 gal/yr
262,800 gal/yr
19.5 - 26.0 0.015 - 0.05 Maximum allowable irrigation:
26.0 - 50.0 >0.05 6 bedrooms 720 gal/day
13.0 - 19.5 0.003 - 0.015 The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow. 0.0 - 13.0 0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix J

Site Map

SM-1Engineers and Soil ScientistsAgri-Waste Technology, Inc.501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203Apex, North Carolina 27502919-859-0669www.agriwaste.comEngineers and Soil ScientistsSOURCE: Agri-Waste Technology, Inc.SITE MAP

Appendix K

Operation and Maintenance Plan

1

Basic System Operating Instructions
for
Single Family Residence Drip
Wastewater Treatment Systems

These operating instructions are intended as general guidelines and should not be
interpreted as a complete and detailed explanation of how to operate this irrigation
system. Please note that these instructions are intended as a supplement to the permit
issued by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources Non-Discharge
Permitting Unit. As a result, any requirements or items noted in the permit document
supercede any recommendations noted in these instructions.

If you are unsure of how to operate the system please contact a licensed contractor or
professional who can assist you with the operation of your system. Record the name and
contact information of an individual familiar with the operation of this system, along with
an emergency contact in the event immediate assistance is necessary.

CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFO.:

EMERGENCY CONTACT INFO. (if different from above):

2
General Maintenance Considerations

This wastewater irrigation system has been designed to operate with minimum
maintenance and oversight after the initial system start-up period. However, routine
inspections are necessary and periodic maintenance WILL BE REQUIRED both by your
permit and for successful operation of the system.

No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the treatment units,
tank areas, or irrigation field.

SEPTIC TANK:
The septic tank in this system operates exactly as a septic tank associated with a
conventional septic drainfield system. The purpose of the septic tank is to remove
particles and solids from the waste stream. As a result, solids build up in the bottom of
the tank (just like a typical septic tank). Over time the solids will need to be removed
from the tank or clogging of the sand filter or pipelines may occur. In general, it is
recommended that solids be pumped from the septic tank every 3 – 5 years (depending on
how intense the usage). Private septic tank pumping contractors can do this and are
typically easily found in the white or yellow pages of the phone book.

Maintenance Schedule:
The effluent filter in the septic tank (attached to the outflow pipe) should be cleaned at
least every 6 months or per manufacturer’s recommendations, whichever is more frequent
(see the manufacturer’s guide on how to do this) and the tank solids should be checked
annually.

A contractor or septic system professional can clean the septic tank filter for you;
however, this task can be performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge.
Remove the septic tank lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded
or snap into place). Be sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater
since it could contain harmful bacteria or viruses. To clean the filter, use a garden hose
with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter back into the inlet side of the septic
tank. Once the filter is clean, place it back in the septic tank. Discard or disinfect the
plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2 cup Clorox or equivalent to 1 gallon
water). Replace the septic tank lid.

ADVANTEX FILTER:
The treatment component of the system is an AdvanTex media filter. Liquid from the
septic tank will flow into the pod and periodically be pumped across the filter fabric.
Wastewater will be treated in the pod and periodically be discharged. To prevent
groundwater from affecting the pod, the pod will be installed on a bed of gravel with a
concrete collar.

3
Effluent from the system should be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If
no parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Nitrogen (TN),
Ammonia-Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform. If desired AWT can assist you in
collecting these samples (919-859-0669) and interpretation the results.

Maintenance Schedule:
Maintenance of this system will be conducted by a certified operator under contract with
the homeowner.

DISINFECTION – UV:
Disinfection for the system will be accomplished using a UV system. The UV light
should operate for at least one year prior to needing to be replaced. If the UV light burns
out an alarm will notify the operator. Also, the alarm light on the control panel will
illuminate. When the UV alarm is activated, the system will shut off the recirculation
pump and the system will cease to operate until the UV bulb is replaced.

Maintenance Schedule:
The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel)
is not illuminated. The UV bulb should be cleaned on a 6 month interval. To clean the
bulb, the power to the system (UV bulb and pumps) should be turned off in the control
panel. The UV housing can then be removed using the attached handle. Once the UV
housing is clear of the riser, the quartz sleeve and bulb assembly can be removed from
the housing. While holding the base of the assembly, the quartz sleeve shall be wiped
with a clean paper towel. If scaling on the sleeve is noticed, a liquid cleaner such as CLR
can be utilized. The sleeve and bulb assembly shall be re-installed after cleaning. The
UV bulb should last in excess of one year but will be replaced as needed. It is
recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain a back-up UV bulb
and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service will be completed by
the engaged certified operator.

PUMPING SYSTEM, RAIN SENSOR & ALARMS:
The pump used for this system is a submersible pump that turns off and on based on
switches inside the pump tank. These switches toggle the pump timer on and off
depending on the effluent level inside the tank. The switches are designed such that the
pump will turn on, run for a set period of time, then shut off under normal operating
circumstances. When it has been raining, a rain sensor overrides this normal operation so
that effluent is not applied when the soil is saturated. Therefore, effluent is allowed to
build-up in the pump tank until it is dry enough to apply again. After a rainfall event, you
may notice that the pump operates more frequently. This is normal and should be
expected.

The pump is also equipped with a HIGH WATER alarm that activates when the liquid
level in the pump tank is too high. If this should occur it is important to not use any
additional water (i.e. don’t flush commodes, use the washer/dishwater, take showers, etc.)
4
until the liquid level is reduced. In extreme cases it may be necessary to contract a septic
tank pumping contractor to pump out excess liquid from the pump tank if long periods of
rain prevent land application of effluent.

The pump will wear over time and will likely need replacement every 5 – 7 years (again,
depending on usage). A licensed septic contractor should be contacted for maintenance
or replacement of the pump.

Maintenance Schedule:
The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb
(on control panel) is not illuminated. It is important to inspect the pump tank, and
components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up on the tank bottom, to
ensure that the pump control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping
of the effluent. These activities will be handled by the engaged service provider.

SUPPLY LINE TO DRIPFIELD:
The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage
has not occurred. The area in which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet
spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these occurrences may be an
indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations
of the Supply and Return lines. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over
the Supply and Return lines.

Maintenance Schedule:
Walk location of lines weekly.

DRIP FIELD:
The drip field should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure
driplines have not become damaged. Clogged or worn drip tubing should be replaced or,
in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No heavy vehicles or equipment should
be driven over the irrigation area.

Vegetation (grass for this system) in the application area is critical to the operation of the
treatment system. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state;
however, the area should be kept free of fallen trees and invasive weeds. Any saplings or
stumps that re-grow should also be removed from the application area by hand and
without damaging the drip components. The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
turf at a manageable height. Cutting should be performed using a trimmer, scythe, or
other method that will not damage the drip tubing. Wheeled or tracked equipment should
not be used. A soil sample should be collected from the drip field area to determine
appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.

It is important to maintain the fencing around the application field in order to ensure that
access to the area is restricted. This is necessary to minimize human contact with the
treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation remains healthy.

5
SYSTEM OPERATION & SETTINGS

It should be noted that a contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if
you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating this system or if system
troubleshooting is necessary. In general, the following system operating parameters
should be monitored:

Clean-outs
A clean-out is located on the system just before the septic tank. If liquid backs up into
the house or the septic tank, the drainline may be clogged or the septic tank may have too
many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A qualified contractor should be
contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean-outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the septic tank.

Septic Tank Effluent Filter Cleaning
The effluent filter attached to the outlet pipe of the septic tank should be cleaned every 6
months, or per manufacturer’s recommendations, whichever is more frequent. A
contractor or septic system professional can do this for you; however, this task can be
performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge. Remove the septic tank
lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded or snap into place). Be
sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater since it could contain
harmful bacteria or viruses. Depending on the filter housing, you may need to prevent
flow from leaving the tank while the filter is removed. To clean the filter, use a garden
hose with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter. Once the filter is clean, place
it back in the septic tank. Disinfect the plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2
cup Clorox or equivalent to 1 gallon water). Replace the septic tank lid.

Pump ON/OFF and Emergency HIGH Level Switches

The pump switches are used to control the operation of the pump. This system is
designed such that the pump is on for designated intervals set forth in the design
specifications. The pump operation is a timed dosing setup. When there is sufficient
liquid in the tank, the pump will operate at a specific time for a designated interval. In
periods of high water (following a rain event), the pump may operate more frequently.

An emergency high level switch is located in the pump tank that triggers an audible and
visual alarm in the event the liquid level gets too high. In this situation, the following
steps should be taken:

 Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
 Verify that the system has electrical power.
 Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed)

If it has rained recently the pump may not be operating because the rain sensor is
temporarily blocking the system from operating. If this is the case then the pump will
resume operation once it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger of overflowing and
6
continued rainfall is expected, contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove a portion
of the liquid in the pump tank. The pump tank has been designed to accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under normal usage. As a result, prolonged
periods of rain may cause a back-up of effluent in the system since the rain sensor
prevents application of effluent onto the drip field.

In general, a contractor or licensed professional should be contacted under any
circumstances where you are uncomfortable in operating the system or troubleshooting a
problem. More detailed information on the installation and maintenance of specific
components of this system can be found in the manufacturer’s installation and
maintenance specifications attached as part of this package. If you have difficulty finding
this information, please contact the manufacturer of the component.

Appendix L

Operation and Maintenance Agreement

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
WRDivision of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 - SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMSD
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Division of Water Resources
Permit No.
Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed: Christofer De Haro Torres
Mailing address: 110 Pleasant Drive Durram NC 27703
Facility address: 5007 Redwood Road Durham NC 27704
Irrigation Method: ❑ SPRAY ❑X DRIP
County: Durham
I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows:
1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation
system including, but not limited to, the following items:
a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed.
b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually.
c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be
removed manually.
d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator Shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be
added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR
❑X The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be
cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection.
e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly.
f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation
equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or
operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and
that no objectionable odors are being generated.
2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3).
3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day.
4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void
the permit.
All owners appearing on the legally recorded property deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement
I / We understand the above re q ' ments and agree ese terms as part of the issued permit.
Owner Signature: d I Date: q- 2 J D"
Owner Signature:
FORM: SFRW WIS O&M 08-13
Date:
Page 1 of 1

Appendix M

County Health Department Denial Letter

F ROW
Public Health
100 Years of Service • 1913-2013
Re: Application for Improvement Permit
Applicant: Christopher DeHero Owner: Same
5312 Wayne Street, Apt B
Raleigh, NC 27606
Property site: 5007 Redwood Rd
Durham, NC 27704
Environmental Health Division file number: 275466
Dear Mr. DeHaro,
The Durham County Department of Public Health, Environmental Health Division on February
2511 2019, evaluated the above referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site
plan that accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application
the site is to serve a three -bedroom house with a design wastewater flow of 360 gallons per
day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater
systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A,
Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative
Code, Rule .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a
sanitary system of sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for
an Improvement Permit. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based
on the following:
Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .1941)
Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
the (Rule .1946)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the
discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground
water or inside your structure.
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 1 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of

modified, innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined
that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible
option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -
site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no
Improvement Permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if
written documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this
rule is enclosed. You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under
which your site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by
the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may
also request an informal review by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human
Services regional soil scientist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the local
health department.
You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must
file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the
Office of Administrative Hearings or call the office at [phone] or download it from the
OAH web site at http://www.ncoah.com/forms.html . The petition for a contested case hearing
must be filed in accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and
150B-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 13OA-335
(g) provides that your hearing would be held in the county where your property is located.
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office
of Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date of this
letter is February 27th, 2019. Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you
are required by law (N.C. General Statute 15013-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office
of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the
local health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute 15OB-23 that
you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Health and Human
Services.
You may call or write the local health department if you need any additional information or
assistance.
Sincerely,
Noelle Spence, REHS #2550
Enclosures: Copy of site evaluation
Copy of Rule .1948

15A NCAC 18A .1948 SITE CLASSIFICATION
(a) Sites classified as SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system
consistent with these Rules. A suitable classification generally indicates soil and site conditions favorable for the
operation of a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system or have slight limitations that are readily
overcome by proper design and installation.
(b) Sites classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and
disposal system consistent with these Rules but have moderate limitations. Sites classified Provisionally Suitable
require some modifications and careful planning, design, and installation in order for a ground absorption sewage
treatment and disposal system to function satisfactorily,
(c) Sites classified UNSUITABLE have severe limitations for the installation and use of a properly functioning ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system. An improvement permit shall not be issued for a site which is
classified as UNSUITABLE. However, where a site is UNSUITABLE, it may be reclassified PROVISIONALLY
SUITABLE if special investigation indicates that a modified or alternative system can be installed in accordance with
Rules .1956 or .1957 of this Section.
(d) A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be used for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system
specifically identified in Rules .1955, .1956, or. 1957 of this Section or a system approved under Rule ,1969 if written
documentation, including engineering, hydrogeologic, geologic or soil studies, indicates to the local health department
that the proposed system can be expected to function satisfactorily. Such sites shall be reclassified as
PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if the local health department determines that the substantiating data indicate that:
(1) a ground absorption system can be installed so that the effluent will be non-patltogenic, non-infectious,
non -toxic, and non -hazardous;
(2) the effluent will not contaminate groundwater or surface water; and
(3) the effluent will not be exposed on the ground surface or be discharged to surface waters where it could
come in contact with people, animals, or vectors.
The State shall review the substantiating data if requested by the local health department.
Histo)y Note: Authority G.S. 130A-335(e);
Eff July 1, 1982;
Amended Ejj. April 1, 1993; Januan,1, 1990_

1,1
5007 Redwood Rd
S&SE Site Map
1 "= 200'
N. Spence 2/27/2019
THIS IS NOT A SURVEY
NOT SURVEY ACCURATE
o Soil Profiles
200 100 0
House Site
(as marked in field)
200 Feet
ME
fi
0
4
2

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH, ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
for ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
(Complete all fields in full)
Sheet \ of
PROPERTY ID #f:
COUNTY: �Gvyv\
OWNER: \ '!� . w APPLICATION DATE i -v �.
_
ADDRESS: DATE EVALUATED:
PROPOSED FACILITY: P D DESIGN FLOW (.194 PROPERTY SIZE:
LOCATION OF SITE:0 PROPERTY RECORDED:
WATER SUPPLY: rivate ell Spring Other
EVALUATION METH D: uger Boring I ` Cut TYPE OF WASTEWATER: ewage Industrial Process Mixed
P
a '
SOIL MORPHOLOGY..
OTHER.
F..
0941).
PROFILE FACTORS
E
..1940
E
LANDSCAPE.
HORIZON
1942
POSITION/
DEPTH
PROFILE
#
SLOPE %
(IN.)
.1941
.1941
SOIL
1943
1956
1944
CLASS
STRUCTURE/
CONSISTENCE/
WETNESS/ •
SOIL
SAPRO
RESTR
& LTAR
'T'EXTU E
MINERALOGY
COLOR ` .
DEPTH
CLASS
HORIZ
L
�b
�ffflr�
�1 "09
3 L %�
C
Li
v�q
DESCRIPTION
INITIAL SYSTEM
REPAIR SYSTEM
OTHER FACTORS (.1946):
SITE CLASSIFICATION (.1948):
Available Space (.1945)
EVALUATED BY:
System Type(s)
OTHER(S) PRESENT:
Site LTAR
COMMENTS
Updated February 2014

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
(Continuation Sheet -Complete all field in full)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
Sheele�_af 2'
PROPERTY ID #1:
DATE OF EVALUATION:
COUNTY: -
P
o
F
1
E
#
.194fl
LANDSCAPEHORIZ
POSITION/
SLOPE %
ON
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
(.1941)
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCIE/
MINERALOGY
.1942
SOIL.
WETNESS/ SS/
COLOR
.19.43
SOIL..
DEPTH
.1956
SAPRO
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
.
L
1 f�
L — `f/
f1
��
'S
SL
COMMENTS
Updated February 2014

Appendix N

Floodway Regulation Compliance

National Flood Hazard Layer FIRMette
3603'35A6"N
�4
r 3720086400 K
n417417 A 111 C -In n �
T 1 H A N1 C& TV
_ 00t
�NFZ E)KOFAI M I N I M40 F. LrQG) DI H ji�'Ze�R D
0
Feet 1: 6, 000
0 250 500 1,000 1,500 2,000
�61
36'3'6.31
Legend
;E FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
Zone A, V, A99
iPECIAL FLOOD With BFE or Depth zone AE, AO, AH, VE, AR
IAZARD AREAS Regulatory Floodway
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areas
of 1% annual chance flood with average
depth less than one foot or with drainage
areas of less than one square mile Zone
Future Conditions 1% Annual
Chance Flood Hazard Zone X
I, Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to
HER AREAS OF Levee. See Notes. Zone X
'LOOD HAZARD �� Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezone o
NO SCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard zone X
Effective LOMRs
OTHER AREAS Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard zone o
GENERAL - — - - Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
STRUCTURES i i i Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
202 Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
17.5 Water Surface Elevation
(8D-- Coastal Tra nsect
^^^^�513- Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
--- --- Coastal Transect Baseline
OTHER _ Profile Baseline
FEATURES Hydrographic Feature
Digital Data Available N
No Digital Data Available
MAP PANELS j� Unmapped
The pin displayed on the map is an approximate
point selected by the user and does not represent
an authoritative property location.
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of
digital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap
accuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from the
authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map
was exported on 8/21/2019 at 2:19:53 PM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change or
become superseded by new data over time.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following map
elements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,
legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,
FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for
regulatory purposes.

Appendix O

Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation

■ ■■■ Roy Cooper. Governor
ME NC DEPARTMENT OF Susi Hamilton, Secretary
women NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
0 son Walter Clark, director, Land and Water Stewardship
NCNHDE-10083
August 22, 2019
Julie Davidson
Agriwaste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St.
Apex, NC 27502
RE. Residential Wastewater Design-Deharo
Dear Julie Davidson.
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
Based on the project area mapped with your request, a query of the NCNHP database indicates that
there are no records for rare species, important natural communities, natural areas, and/or
conservation/managed areas within the proposed project boundary. Please note that although there
may be no documentation of natural heritage elements within the project boundary, it does not
imply or confirm their absence, the area may not have been surveyed. The results of this query
should not be substituted for field surveys where suitable habitat exists. In the event that rare
species are found within the project area, please contact the NCNHP so that we may update our
records.
The attached `Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that
have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these
records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area
if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile
radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report.
If a Federally -listed species is found within the project area or is indicated within a one -mile radius of
the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) for
guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here:
httr)s://www.fws.gov/offices/Directory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37.
Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission.
The NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional correspondence if a
Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Clean Water Management Trust Fund
easement, or Federally -listed species are documented near the project area.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact Rodney A. Butler at rod nev.butlerWncdcr.gov or 919-707-8603.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
DEPAR71MENT OF NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOVRCES
Q 121 W. JONES STREET. RALEIGH. NC 27603 • 1651 MAIL SERVICE CENTER. RALEIGH. NC 27699
OFC 918.707.9120 • FAX [phone]

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Residential Wastewater Design-Deharo
August 22, 2019
NCNHDE-10083
Element Occurrences Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Taxonomic EO ID Scientific Name a
ommon Name Last W
Group servation
j Date
Freshwater 25909 Lampsilis radiata Eastern Lampmussel 2013-09-25
Bivalve
Vascular Plant 8226 Liatris squarrulosa Earle's Blazing -star 2012-10-05
Vascular Plant 34482 Stachys matthewsii Yadkin Hedge -nettle 1965-08-21
Natural Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Site Name Wepresentational Rating
Falls Lake Shoreline and Tributaries R3 (High)
Managed Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Managed Area Name Wwner
Falls Lake US Army Corps of Engineers
Element Accuracy Federal State Global State
Occurrence Status us Rank Rank
Rank
E 3-Medium --- Threatened G5 S3
AB 3-Medium --- Significantly G4G5 S2
Ra re
Peripheral
X? 4-Low --- Significantly G1G2 S1
Ra re
Throughout
Collective Rating
C5 (General)
Owner Type
Federal
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httr)s://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/content/heir). Data query generated on August 22, 2019; source: NCNHP, Q3 Jul 2019.
Please resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 2 of 3

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)
Page 3 of 3